]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
man,NEWS: fix "the the"
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 247 in spe:
4
5 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.12 introduced two new uevents
6 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
8 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
9 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
10 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
11 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
12 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
13 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
14 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
15 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
16 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
17 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
18 change that happened back in Linux 4.12, but is becoming more and
19 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
20
21 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
22 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
23 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
24 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
25 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
26 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
27 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
28 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
29 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
30 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
31 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
32 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
33 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
34 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
35 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
36
37 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
38 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
39 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
40 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
41 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
42 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
43 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
44 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
45 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
46 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
47
48 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.12 and newer it is
49 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
50 handle the new events. Specifically:
51
52 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
53 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
54 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
55 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
56 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
57 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
58 generated, for all other device types this change is still
59 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
60 future kernel uevent type additions).
61
62 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
63 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
64 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
65 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
66 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
67 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
68 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
69 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
70 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
71 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
72 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
73 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
74
75 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
76 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
77 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
78 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
79 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
80 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
81 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
82 above).
83
84 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
85 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
86 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
87 behaviour change.
88
89 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
90 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
91 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
92 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
93 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
94
95 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
96 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
97 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
98 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
99 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
100 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
101 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
102 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
103 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
104 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
105 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
106 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
107 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
108
109 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
110 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
111 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
112 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
113 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
114 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
115 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
116 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
117 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
118 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
119 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
120 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
121 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
122 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
123 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
124 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
125 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
126 they now are optional during runtime.
127
128 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
129 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
130 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
131 which installs absolute timers.
132
133 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
134 mode, which may be controlled via the new
135 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
136 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
137 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
138 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
139 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
140 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
141 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
142 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
143
144 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
145 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
146 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
147 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
148 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
149 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
150 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
151 dispatched).
152
153 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
154 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
155 the RootImage= setting.
156
157 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
158 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
159 to the service.
160
161 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
162 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
163 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
164 different for different units).
165
166 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
167 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
168 options.
169
170 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
171 --json= switch.
172
173 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
174 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
175 authentication request.
176
177 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
178 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
179 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
180 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
181 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
182 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
183 empty.
184
185 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
186 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
187 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
188 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
189 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
190 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
191 image to be applied onto the image.
192
193 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
194 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
195 in OS disk images.
196
197 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
198 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
199 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
200 other output modes.
201
202 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
203 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
204 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
205 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
206
207 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
208 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
209 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
210 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
211 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
212 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
213 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
214 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
215 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
216 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
217
218 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
219 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
220 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
221 recursively to whole subtrees.
222
223 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
224 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
225 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
226 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
227 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
228 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
229 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
230 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
231
232 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
233 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
234 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
235 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
236 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
237 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
238 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
239 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
240 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
241 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
242 system asks for a password.
243
244 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
245 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
246 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
247 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
248 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
249 up.
250
251 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
252 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
253 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
254
255 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
256 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
257 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
258 virtualization.
259
260 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
261 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
262 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
263 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
264 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
265 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
266 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
267 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
268 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
269 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
270 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
271 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
272 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
273 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
274 directories:
275
276 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
277
278 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
279 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
280 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
281
282 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
283 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
284 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
285 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
286
287 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
288 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
289
290 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
291 system calls that are contained in @known will result in a EPERM by
292 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
293 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
294 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
295 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
296 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
297 applications.
298
299 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
300 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
301 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
302 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
303 build time.
304
305 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
306 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
307 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
308 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
309 system call filter policy.
310
311 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
312 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
313 filtering is turned off.
314
315 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
316 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
317 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
318 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
319 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
320 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
321 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
322 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
323 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
324
325 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
326 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
327 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
328 exited.
329
330 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
331 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
332
333 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
334 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
335 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
336 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
337 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
338 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
339 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
340 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
341 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
342 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
343 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
344 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
345 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
346 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
347 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
348 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
349 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
350 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
351 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
352 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
353 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
354 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
355
356 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
357 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
358 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
359 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
360 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
361 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
362 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
363 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
364 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
365 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
366 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
367 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
368 aforementioned service settings.
369
370 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
371 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
372 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
373 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
374 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
375 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
376 and populated — there is no time window where they are
377 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
378 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
379 will start from the beginning.
380
381 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
382 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
383 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
384 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
385
386 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
387 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
388 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
389 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
390 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
391 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
392 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
393 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
394 on, including in the initrd.
395
396 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
397 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
398 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
399 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
400
401 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
402 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
403 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
404 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
405 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
406
407 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
408 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
409 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
410 this property in its status output.
411
412 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
413 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
414 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
415 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
416 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
417 more similarly to nss-resolve.
418
419 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
420 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
421 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
422 ctime.
423
424 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
425 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
426
427 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
428 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
429 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
430 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
431 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
432 having to rebuild systemd.
433
434 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
435 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
436 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
437 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
438 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
439 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
440 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
441 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
442
443 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
444 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
445 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
446 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
447 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
448 hardlinks.
449
450 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
451 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
452 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
453
454 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
455 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
456 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
457 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
458
459 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
460 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
461
462 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
463 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
464 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
465 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
466 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
467
468 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
469 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
470 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
471 compatibility).
472
473 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
474 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
475 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
476 prefix will be assigned.
477
478 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
479 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
480 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
481 The setting is enabled by default.
482
483 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
484 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
485
486 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
487 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
488 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
489 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
490 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
491 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
492 debuggable.
493
494 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
495 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
496 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
497 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
498
499 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
500 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
501
502 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
503 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
504 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
505 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
506 environments where the root file system is
507 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
508 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
509
510 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
511 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
512 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
513 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
514 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
515 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
516 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
517 later).
518
519 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
520 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
521 working with heavily threaded programs.
522
523 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
524 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
525 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
526 desirable.
527
528 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
529 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
530 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
531 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
532 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
533 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
534
535 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
536 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
537 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
538 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
539 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
540
541 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
542 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
543 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
544 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
545 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
546 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
547 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
548 promises.
549
550 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
551 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
552 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
553 promises.
554
555 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
556 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
557 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
558 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
559 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
560 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
561 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
562 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
563 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
564
565 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
566 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
567 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
568 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
569 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
570 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
571 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
572 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
573 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
574
575 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
576 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
577 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
578 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
579 like this.
580
581 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
582 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
583 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
584 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
585 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
586 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
587 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
588 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
589 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
590
591 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
592 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
593 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
594 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
595 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
596 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
597 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
598 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
599 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
600 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
601 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
602 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
603 appropriately.
604
605 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
606 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
607 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
608 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
609 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
610 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
611
612 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
613 contents in commented form in the text editor.
614
615 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
616 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
617 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
618 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
619 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
620 protections for the different slices in the future.
621
622 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
623 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
624 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
625 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
626 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Clemens Gruber, Daan
627 De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman,
628 David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst,
629 Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning,
630 Felix Riemann, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit,
631 George Rawlinson, germanztz, Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi,
632 Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews, Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann,
633 Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler, huangyong, Hubert Kario, Ikey Doherty, Jan
634 Chren, Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann,
635 Jonathan Lebon, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert, Kai-Chuan
636 Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan Gjoshev, Kyle
637 Huey, Kyle Russell, Lennart Poettering, lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas
638 Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck,
639 Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000, Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael
640 Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal
641 Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ,
642 mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas
643 Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen, Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina,
644 onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pedro
645 Ruiz, Peter Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan
646 C, Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert
647 Marko, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer, Samanta
648 Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd, Susant
649 Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
650 Miettinen, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri
651 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok,
652 Дамјан Георгиевски
653
654 – Warsaw, 2020-11-10
655
656 CHANGES WITH 246:
657
658 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
659 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
660 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
661
662 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
663 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
664
665 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
666 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
667 based on the NUMA mask.
668
669 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
670 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
671 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
672
673 * Two new unit file settings
674 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
675 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
676 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
677 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
678
679 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
680 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
681 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
682 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
683 instance).
684
685 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
686 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
687 service's processes shall include.
688
689 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
690 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
691 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
692 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
693
694 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
695 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
696 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
697 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
698 depending on socket type.
699
700 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
701 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
702 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
703 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
704 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
705 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
706 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
707 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
708 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
709 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
710
711 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
712 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
713 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
714 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
715 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
716 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
717 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
718 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
719
720 * .service unit files gained two new options
721 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
722 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
723 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
724
725 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
726 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
727 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
728 prefix is used.
729
730 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
731 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
732 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
733 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
734 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
735 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
736 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
737 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
738 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
739 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
740 key/certificate parameters support this now.
741
742 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
743 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
744 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
745 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
746 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
747 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
748
749 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
750 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
751 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
752 finally gone now.
753
754 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
755 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
756 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
757 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
758
759 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
760 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
761 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
762 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
763 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
764 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
765 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
766 which is quite likely a major security problem.
767
768 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
769 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
770 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
771 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
772 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
773
774 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
775 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
776 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
777 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
778 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
779
780 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
781 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
782 boot.
783
784 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
785 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
786 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
787 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
788 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
789 device.
790
791 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
792 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
793 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
794
795 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
796 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
797 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
798 conditions.
799
800 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
801 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
802 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
803 in order to make test cases more reliable.
804
805 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
806 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
807 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
808 the process that faulted.
809
810 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
811 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
812 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
813
814 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
815 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
816 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
817 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
818 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
819
820 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
821 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
822 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
823 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
824 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
825
826 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
827 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
828 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
829 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
830 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
831
832 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
833 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
834 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
835 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
836 frame ring buffer sizes.
837
838 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
839 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
840
841 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
842 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
843
844 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
845 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
846 automatically assigned to the interface.
847
848 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
849 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
850 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
851 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
852 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
853 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
854 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
855 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
856 mode for Assign=.
857
858 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
859 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
860 source addresses.
861
862 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
863 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
864 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
865 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
866 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
867 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
868 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
869 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
870 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
871 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
872
873 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
874 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
875 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
876 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
877 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
878 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
879 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
880
881 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
882 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
883 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
884 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
885 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
886 the RA packets suggest it.
887
888 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
889 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
890 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
891 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
892
893 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
894 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
895 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
896 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
897 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
898 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
899 field.
900
901 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
902 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
903 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
904 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
905 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
906 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
907
908 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
909 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
910
911 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
912 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
913 the VLAN protocol to use.
914
915 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
916 of the .network files, to control the link group.
917
918 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
919 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
920 link local address is generated.
921
922 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
923 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
924 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
925 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
926 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
927 carefully picking an interface name to use.
928
929 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
930 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
931
932 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
933 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
934
935 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
936 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
937 are still understood to provide compatibility.
938
939 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
940 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
941 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
942 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
943 interfaces up or down.
944
945 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
946 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
947 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
948 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
949 interface may be specified (after "%").
950
951 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
952 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
953 public DNS servers are not used.
954
955 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
956
957 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
958 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
959 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
960 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
961 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
962 defined by systemd-resolved).
963
964 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
965 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
966 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
967
968 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
969 --property=…".
970
971 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
972 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
973 use --plain.
974
975 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
976 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
977 being deprecated in favor of this option.
978
979 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
980 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
981 process itself.
982
983 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
984 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
985 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
986 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
987 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
988 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
989 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
990 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
991 implementations.
992
993 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
994 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
995 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
996 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
997 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
998 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
999 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
1000 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
1001 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
1002
1003 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
1004 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
1005 initialization.
1006
1007 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
1008 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
1009 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
1010
1011 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
1012 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
1013 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
1014 without any decoration.
1015
1016 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
1017 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
1018 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
1019 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
1020 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
1021 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
1022
1023 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
1024 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
1025 coredump data from.
1026
1027 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
1028 the zstd algorithm.
1029
1030 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
1031 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
1032 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
1033 not block clean file system unmounting.
1034
1035 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
1036 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
1037 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
1038
1039 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
1040 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
1041 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
1042 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
1043
1044 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
1045 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
1046
1047 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
1048 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
1049 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
1050 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
1051 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
1052 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
1053 instead of operating on actual block devices.
1054
1055 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
1056 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
1057
1058 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
1059 instead of 0.
1060
1061 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
1062 specifier expansion.
1063
1064 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
1065 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
1066 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
1067 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
1068 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
1069
1070 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
1071 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
1072 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
1073 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
1074 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
1075
1076 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
1077 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
1078 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
1079 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
1080 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
1081 --fido2-device= option.
1082
1083 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
1084 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
1085 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
1086 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
1087 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
1088 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
1089 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
1090
1091 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
1092 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
1093 changed from ext2 to ext4.
1094
1095 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
1096 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
1097 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
1098 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
1099 before the system continues to boot.
1100
1101 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
1102 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
1103 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
1104 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
1105 instead of at installation time.
1106
1107 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
1108 volumes with automatically from files in
1109 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
1110 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
1111
1112 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
1113 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
1114
1115 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
1116 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
1117 instance.
1118
1119 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
1120 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
1121 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
1122 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
1123
1124 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
1125 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
1126
1127 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
1128 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
1129 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
1130 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
1131 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
1132 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
1133 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
1134 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
1135 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
1136 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
1137 incremental).
1138
1139 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
1140 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
1141 which it then operates.
1142
1143 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
1144 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
1145 directories for various resources.
1146
1147 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
1148 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
1149 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
1150 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
1151 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
1152 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
1153 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
1154 via the new --no-block switch.
1155
1156 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
1157 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
1158 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
1159 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
1160 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
1161 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
1162 case.
1163
1164 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
1165 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
1166 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
1167 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
1168
1169 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
1170 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
1171 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
1172 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
1173 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
1174
1175 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
1176 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
1177 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
1178 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
1179 vtable is associated with.
1180
1181 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
1182 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
1183 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
1184 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
1185
1186 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
1187 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
1188 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
1189
1190 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
1191
1192 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
1193 document the methods, signals and properties.
1194
1195 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
1196 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
1197 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
1198 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
1199 desktops has been added:
1200
1201 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
1202 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
1203 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
1204
1205 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
1206 and has now moved to:
1207
1208 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
1209
1210 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
1211 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
1212 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
1213 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
1214 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
1215 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
1216 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
1217
1218 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
1219 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
1220 target of the service during runtime.
1221
1222 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
1223 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
1224 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
1225
1226 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
1227 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
1228 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
1229 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
1230 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
1231 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
1232 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
1233 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
1234 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
1235 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
1236 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
1237 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1238 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
1239 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
1240 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
1241 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
1242 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
1243 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
1244 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
1245 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
1246 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
1247 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
1248 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
1249 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
1250 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
1251 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
1252 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
1253 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
1254 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
1255 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
1256 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
1257 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
1258 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
1259 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
1260 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
1261 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
1262 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1263 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1264
1265 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
1266
1267 CHANGES WITH 245:
1268
1269 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
1270 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
1271 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
1272 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
1273 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
1274 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
1275 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
1276 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
1277 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
1278 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
1279 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
1280 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
1281 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
1282 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
1283 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
1284 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
1285 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
1286 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
1287 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
1288 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
1289 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
1290
1291 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
1292 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
1293 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
1294 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
1295 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
1296 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
1297 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
1298 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
1299 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
1300 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
1301 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
1302 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
1303 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
1304 that for the first time resource management and various other
1305 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
1306 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
1307 to apply on login. For further details see:
1308
1309 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
1310 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
1311 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
1312
1313 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
1314 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
1315 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
1316 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
1317 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
1318 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
1319 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
1320 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
1321 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
1322
1323 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
1324
1325 For further details about the format and expectations on home
1326 directories this new daemon makes, see:
1327
1328 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
1329
1330 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
1331 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
1332 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
1333 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
1334 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
1335 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
1336 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
1337 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
1338 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
1339 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
1340 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
1341 usage limitations and other settings.
1342
1343 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
1344 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
1345 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
1346 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
1347 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
1348 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
1349 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
1350 resource usage.
1351
1352 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
1353 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
1354
1355 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
1356 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
1357 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
1358 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
1359 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
1360
1361 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
1362 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
1363 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
1364 itself and the default for all other processes.
1365
1366 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
1367 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
1368 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
1369 database into account.
1370
1371 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
1372 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
1373 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
1374 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
1375
1376 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
1377 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
1378 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
1379 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
1380 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
1381 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
1382 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
1383 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
1384 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
1385 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
1386
1387 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
1388 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
1389 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
1390 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
1391 event source watching it is freed).
1392
1393 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
1394 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
1395 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
1396 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
1397
1398 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
1399 (IFB) network devices.
1400
1401 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
1402 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
1403
1404 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
1405 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
1406 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
1407 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
1408 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
1409 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
1410
1411 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
1412 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
1413 with its sense inverted.
1414
1415 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
1416 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
1417 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
1418
1419 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
1420 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
1421 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
1422
1423 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
1424 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
1425 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
1426 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
1427 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
1428 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
1429 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
1430
1431 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
1432 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
1433 debugging purposes.
1434
1435 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
1436 group named differently than the user.
1437
1438 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
1439 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
1440 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
1441
1442 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
1443 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
1444 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
1445 /etc/fstab.
1446
1447 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
1448 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
1449 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
1450 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
1451
1452 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
1453 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
1454 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
1455 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
1456
1457 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
1458 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
1459 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
1460 Bernard.
1461
1462 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
1463 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
1464 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
1465 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
1466 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
1467 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
1468 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
1469 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
1470 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
1471 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
1472 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
1473
1474 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
1475 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
1476 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
1477 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
1478 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
1479 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
1480 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
1481 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
1482 command line option.
1483
1484 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
1485 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
1486
1487 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
1488 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
1489 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
1490 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
1491 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
1492 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
1493 systemd-timedated.
1494
1495 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
1496 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
1497 GPT partition table types.
1498
1499 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
1500 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
1501 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
1502
1503 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1504
1505 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
1506 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
1507 for the respective units.
1508
1509 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
1510 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
1511 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
1512
1513 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
1514 "status" output.
1515
1516 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
1517 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
1518 disappear.
1519
1520 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
1521 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
1522 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
1523 address is used.
1524
1525 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
1526 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
1527 dropped from the individual setting names.
1528
1529 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
1530 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
1531 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
1532 such files in version 243.
1533
1534 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
1535 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
1536 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
1537
1538 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
1539 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
1540 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
1541
1542 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
1543 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
1544 with stopping and disablement.
1545
1546 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
1547 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
1548 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
1549 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
1550 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
1551 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
1552 some internal systemd services (most notably
1553 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
1554 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
1555 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
1556 this systemd release. See
1557 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
1558 additional discussion.
1559
1560 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
1561 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
1562 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
1563 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
1564 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
1565 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
1566 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1567 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
1568 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
1569 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
1570 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
1571 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
1572 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
1573 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
1574 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
1575 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
1576 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
1577 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
1578 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
1579 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
1580 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
1581 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
1582 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
1583 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
1584 DONG
1585
1586 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
1587
1588 CHANGES WITH 244:
1589
1590 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
1591 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
1592 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
1593 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
1594
1595 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
1596 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
1597 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
1598 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
1599
1600 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
1601 units.
1602
1603 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
1604 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
1605 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
1606 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
1607 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
1608 set the EFI variable.
1609
1610 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
1611 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
1612 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
1613 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
1614 and overrides the systemd setting.
1615
1616 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
1617 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
1618 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
1619 effect.)
1620
1621 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
1622 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
1623 that affects all corresponding unit files.
1624
1625 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
1626 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
1627
1628 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
1629 the unit being shown.
1630
1631 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
1632 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
1633 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
1634 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
1635 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
1636
1637 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
1638 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
1639 which need to use them.
1640
1641 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
1642 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
1643 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
1644 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
1645 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
1646 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
1647 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
1648 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
1649 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
1650 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
1651
1652 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
1653 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
1654 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
1655 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
1656 security tokens that were used previously.
1657
1658 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
1659 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
1660 improve power saving with many more devices.
1661
1662 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
1663 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
1664 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
1665
1666 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
1667 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
1668 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
1669 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
1670 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
1671
1672 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
1673 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
1674 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
1675 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
1676 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
1677
1678 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
1679 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
1680
1681 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
1682 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
1683
1684 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
1685 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
1686 now supported.
1687
1688 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
1689 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
1690
1691 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
1692 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
1693 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
1694
1695 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
1696 received from the server.
1697
1698 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
1699 set.
1700
1701 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
1702 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
1703
1704 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
1705 using a new SendOption= setting.
1706
1707 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
1708 service type" value used by the client.
1709
1710 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
1711 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
1712
1713 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
1714 a new SendOption= setting.
1715
1716 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
1717 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
1718
1719 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
1720 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
1721
1722 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
1723 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
1724 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
1725
1726 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
1727 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
1728 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
1729 BSSID for wireless links.
1730
1731 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
1732 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
1733
1734 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
1735 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
1736
1737 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
1738 disciplines in the kernel using the new
1739 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
1740 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
1741 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
1742 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
1743
1744 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
1745
1746 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
1747 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
1748 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
1749 on its own).
1750
1751 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
1752 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
1753 of the present time.
1754
1755 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
1756 reproducible image builds easier).
1757
1758 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
1759 Specification.
1760
1761 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
1762 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
1763 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
1764 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
1765
1766 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
1767 is being used.
1768
1769 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
1770
1771 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
1772 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
1773 path as the system manager.
1774
1775 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
1776 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
1777 representation").
1778
1779 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
1780 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
1781 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
1782 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
1783 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
1784 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
1785 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
1786 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
1787
1788 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
1789 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
1790 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
1791 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
1792 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
1793 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
1794 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
1795 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
1796 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
1797 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1798 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
1799 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
1800 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
1801 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
1802 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
1803 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
1804 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
1805 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
1806 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
1807 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
1808 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
1809 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
1810 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1811
1812 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
1813
1814 CHANGES WITH 243:
1815
1816 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
1817 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
1818 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
1819 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
1820 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
1821 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
1822 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
1823 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
1824
1825 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
1826 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
1827 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
1828 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
1829 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
1830 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
1831 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
1832 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
1833 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
1834 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
1835 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
1836 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
1837 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
1838 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
1839 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
1840 documentation.
1841
1842 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
1843 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
1844 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
1845 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
1846 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
1847 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
1848 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
1849 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
1850 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
1851 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
1852 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
1853 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
1854 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
1855 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
1856 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
1857 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
1858
1859 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
1860 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
1861 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
1862 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
1863
1864 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
1865 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
1866
1867 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
1868 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
1869 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
1870 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
1871 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
1872 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
1873 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
1874 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
1875 caught up with the kernel API changes.
1876
1877 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
1878 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
1879 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
1880 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
1881 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
1882 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
1883 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
1884 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
1885 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
1886 packagers.
1887
1888 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
1889 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
1890
1891 build/man/man systemctl
1892 build/man/html systemd.index
1893
1894 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
1895 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
1896
1897 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
1898 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
1899 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
1900 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
1901 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
1902 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
1903
1904 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
1905 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
1906 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
1907 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
1908 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1909 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1910 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1911 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1912 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1913 unambiguously distinguished.
1914
1915 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1916 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1917 very rarely used.
1918
1919 To replace this functionality, users should:
1920 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1921 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1922 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1923 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1924 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1925
1926 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1927 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1928 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1929 interfaces should really be matched.
1930
1931 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1932 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1933 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1934 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1935 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1936 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1937
1938 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1939 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1940 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1941 stop the whole unit.
1942
1943 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1944 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1945 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1946 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1947 generated whenever a unit stops.
1948
1949 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1950 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1951 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1952 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1953
1954 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1955 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1956 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1957 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1958 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1959
1960 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1961 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1962 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1963 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1964 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1965 programs set up externally.
1966
1967 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1968 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1969 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1970 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1971
1972 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1973 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1974 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1975 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1976 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1977 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1978 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1979
1980 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1981 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1982 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1983 as before.
1984
1985 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1986 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1987 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1988 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1989 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1990 links on terminals that support that.
1991
1992 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1993 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1994 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1995
1996 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1997
1998 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1999 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
2000 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
2001 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
2002 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
2003 The default remains unchanged.
2004
2005 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
2006 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
2007
2008 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
2009 udev property.
2010
2011 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
2012 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
2013 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
2014
2015 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
2016 interfaces natively.
2017
2018 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
2019 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
2020 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
2021 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
2022
2023 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
2024 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
2025 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
2026 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
2027 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
2028 RELEASE message when terminating.
2029
2030 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
2031 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
2032
2033 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
2034 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
2035 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
2036 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
2037 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
2038 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
2039 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
2040
2041 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
2042 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
2043 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
2044 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
2045 added to the GENEVE support.
2046
2047 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
2048 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
2049 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
2050 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
2051 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
2052
2053 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
2054 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
2055 onto the network device.
2056
2057 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
2058 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
2059 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
2060 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
2061 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
2062
2063 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
2064 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
2065 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
2066
2067 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
2068 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
2069
2070 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
2071 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
2072
2073 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
2074 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
2075 statistics.
2076
2077 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
2078 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
2079 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
2080
2081 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
2082 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
2083
2084 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
2085 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
2086 specific udev properties.
2087
2088 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
2089 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
2090 "lo" as underlying device.
2091
2092 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
2093 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
2094 IP addresses, too.
2095
2096 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
2097 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
2098 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
2099 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
2100
2101 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
2102 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
2103 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
2104 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
2105
2106 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
2107 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
2108 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
2109
2110 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
2111 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
2112 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
2113
2114 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
2115
2116 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
2117 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
2118 does the same for recurring calendar events.
2119
2120 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
2121 durations as opposed to points in time).
2122
2123 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
2124 expressions.
2125
2126 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
2127 codes to their names and back.
2128
2129 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
2130 file paths and unit aliases.
2131
2132 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
2133 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
2134 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
2135 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
2136
2137 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
2138 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
2139 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
2140 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
2141 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
2142 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
2143 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
2144 udev rules for that purpose.
2145
2146 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
2147 a device to be initialized.
2148
2149 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
2150 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
2151 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
2152
2153 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
2154 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
2155 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
2156 with gcc's cleanup extension.
2157
2158 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
2159 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
2160 with printf().
2161
2162 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
2163 XML introspection data unmodified.
2164
2165 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
2166 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
2167 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
2168 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
2169
2170 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
2171 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
2172 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
2173 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
2174 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
2175 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
2176 configured to handle the watchdog.
2177
2178 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
2179 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
2180 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
2181
2182 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
2183 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
2184 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
2185
2186 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
2187 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
2188 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
2189 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
2190 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
2191
2192 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
2193 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
2194 review.
2195
2196 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
2197 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
2198
2199 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
2200 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
2201
2202 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
2203 failures to apply them are now ignored.
2204
2205 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
2206 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
2207 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
2208 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
2209
2210 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
2211 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
2212 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
2213 service.
2214
2215 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
2216 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
2217 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
2218 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
2219 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
2220 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
2221 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
2222 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
2223 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
2224 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
2225 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
2226 a seed was received from the boot loader.
2227
2228 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
2229
2230 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
2231 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
2232 above.
2233
2234 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
2235 installed.
2236
2237 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
2238 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
2239 bootloader entry).
2240
2241 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
2242 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
2243
2244 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
2245
2246 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
2247 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
2248 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
2249 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
2250 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
2251
2252 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
2253 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
2254 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
2255
2256 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
2257 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
2258
2259 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
2260 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
2261 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
2262
2263 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
2264 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
2265 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
2266 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
2267 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
2268 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
2269 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
2270 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
2271 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
2272 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
2273 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
2274 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
2275 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
2276 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
2277 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
2278 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
2279 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
2280 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
2281 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2282 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
2283 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
2284 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
2285 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
2286 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
2287 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
2288 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
2289 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
2290 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
2291 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
2292 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
2293
2294 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
2295
2296 CHANGES WITH 242:
2297
2298 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
2299 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
2300 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
2301 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
2302 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
2303 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
2304 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
2305
2306 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
2307 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
2308
2309 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
2310 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
2311 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
2312 may be used to view this.
2313
2314 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
2315 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
2316 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
2317 ```
2318 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
2319 [Match]
2320 Type=bridge
2321
2322 [Link]
2323 MACAddressPolicy=none
2324 ```
2325
2326 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
2327 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
2328 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
2329 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
2330 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
2331 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
2332 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
2333
2334 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
2335 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
2336
2337 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
2338 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
2339
2340 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
2341 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
2342
2343 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
2344 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
2345 is a USB peripheral).
2346
2347 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
2348 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
2349 measured.
2350
2351 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
2352 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
2353 have privileges to do so).
2354
2355 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
2356 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
2357 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
2358
2359 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
2360 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
2361 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
2362 namespace.
2363
2364 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
2365 in which case environment variable substitution is
2366 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
2367
2368 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
2369 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
2370 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
2371 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
2372 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
2373
2374 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
2375 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
2376 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
2377 installed CPU cores.
2378
2379 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
2380 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
2381 kernel 4.15.
2382
2383 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
2384 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
2385 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
2386 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
2387 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
2388
2389 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
2390 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
2391 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
2392
2393 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
2394 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
2395 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
2396 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
2397 enslaved devices is not operational.
2398
2399 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
2400 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
2401
2402 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
2403 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
2404 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
2405 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
2406 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
2407 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
2408
2409 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
2410 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
2411
2412 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
2413
2414 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
2415 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
2416 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
2417
2418 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
2419 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
2420
2421 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
2422 configure CAN triple sampling.
2423
2424 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
2425 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
2426
2427 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
2428 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
2429 details.
2430
2431 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
2432 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
2433 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
2434 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
2435 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
2436 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
2437
2438 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
2439
2440 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
2441 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
2442 controlling project quota inheritance.
2443
2444 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
2445 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
2446 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
2447 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
2448 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
2449 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
2450 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
2451 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
2452 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
2453 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
2454 partition.
2455
2456 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
2457 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
2458 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
2459 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
2460 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
2461
2462 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
2463 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
2464
2465 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
2466 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
2467 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
2468 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
2469 be used in production yet.
2470
2471 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
2472 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
2473 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
2474 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
2475 input, output, and error are set up.
2476
2477 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
2478
2479 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
2480 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
2481 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
2482
2483 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
2484 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
2485 the specified expression will elapse next.
2486
2487 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
2488 introspection data.
2489
2490 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
2491 the reboot() system call expects.
2492
2493 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
2494 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
2495 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
2496
2497 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
2498 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
2499 ConditionVirtualization=).
2500
2501 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
2502 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
2503 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
2504 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
2505 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
2506 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
2507 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
2508 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
2509 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
2510 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
2511 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
2512 during reboot with their own operations.
2513
2514 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
2515 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
2516 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
2517 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
2518
2519 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
2520 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
2521 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
2522 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
2523 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
2524
2525 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
2526 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
2527
2528 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
2529 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
2530 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
2531 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
2532 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
2533 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
2534 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
2535 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
2536 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
2537
2538 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
2539 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
2540 prohibited.
2541
2542 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
2543 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
2544 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
2545 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
2546 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
2547 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
2548 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
2549 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
2550
2551 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
2552 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
2553 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
2554 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
2555 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
2556 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
2557 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
2558 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
2559 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
2560 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
2561 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2562 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
2563 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
2564 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
2565 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
2566 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
2567 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
2568 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2569
2570 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
2571
2572 CHANGES WITH 241:
2573
2574 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
2575 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
2576 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
2577
2578 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
2579 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
2580 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
2581 include the package release information.
2582
2583 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
2584 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
2585 option.
2586
2587 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
2588 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
2589 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
2590
2591 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
2592 again.
2593
2594 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
2595 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
2596 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
2597 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
2598 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
2599 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
2600 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
2601 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
2602 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
2603 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
2604 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
2605 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
2606 installed .link files to *not* include it.
2607
2608 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
2609 "persistent", now works again as documented.
2610
2611 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
2612 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
2613
2614 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
2615 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
2616 used for side-channel attacks.
2617
2618 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
2619 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
2620 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
2621
2622 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
2623 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
2624 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
2625 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
2626 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
2627 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
2628
2629 fs.protected_regular = 0
2630 fs.protected_fifos = 0
2631
2632 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
2633 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
2634
2635 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
2636 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
2637 POSIX shells.
2638
2639 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
2640 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
2641
2642 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
2643 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
2644 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
2645 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
2646 points but otherwise empty.
2647
2648 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
2649 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
2650 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
2651
2652 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
2653 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
2654
2655 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
2656 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
2657
2658 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
2659 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
2660 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
2661 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
2662 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
2663 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
2664 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
2665 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
2666 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
2667 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
2668 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2669 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
2670 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
2671 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
2672 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
2673 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
2674 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
2675
2676 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
2677
2678 CHANGES WITH 240:
2679
2680 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
2681 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
2682 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
2683 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
2684 an SELinux policy update is required.
2685 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
2686
2687 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
2688 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
2689 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
2690 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
2691 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
2692 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
2693 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
2694 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
2695 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
2696 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
2697
2698 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
2699 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
2700 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
2701 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
2702 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
2703 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
2704 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
2705 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
2706 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
2707 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
2708 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
2709 the search path.
2710
2711 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
2712 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
2713 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
2714 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
2715 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
2716 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
2717 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
2718 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
2719 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
2720 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
2721 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
2722 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
2723 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
2724 start job.
2725
2726 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
2727 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
2728 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
2729 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
2730 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
2731 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
2732 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
2733 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
2734 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
2735 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
2736
2737 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
2738 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
2739 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
2740 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
2741 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
2742 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
2743 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
2744 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
2745 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
2746 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
2747 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
2748 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
2749 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
2750 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
2751 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
2752 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
2753 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
2754 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
2755 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
2756 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
2757 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
2758 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
2759 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
2760 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
2761 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
2762 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
2763 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
2764 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
2765 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
2766 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
2767 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
2768 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
2769 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
2770 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
2771 Java.)
2772
2773 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
2774 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
2775 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
2776 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
2777 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
2778 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
2779 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
2780 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
2781 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
2782 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
2783
2784 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
2785 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
2786 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
2787 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
2788 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
2789 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
2790
2791 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
2792 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
2793 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
2794 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
2795 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
2796
2797 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
2798 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
2799
2800 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
2801 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
2802 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
2803
2804 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
2805 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
2806
2807 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
2808 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
2809 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
2810
2811 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
2812 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
2813 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
2814 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
2815 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
2816 latency.
2817
2818 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
2819 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
2820
2821 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
2822 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
2823 instance part of a unit name.
2824
2825 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
2826 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
2827 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
2828 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
2829 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
2830 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
2831 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
2832 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
2833 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
2834
2835 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
2836 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
2837 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
2838 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
2839
2840 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
2841 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
2842 to a file, and appending to it.
2843
2844 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
2845 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
2846 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
2847 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
2848 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
2849 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
2850
2851 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
2852 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
2853 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
2854 having to touch C code.
2855
2856 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
2857 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
2858
2859 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
2860 DNS-over-TLS.
2861
2862 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
2863 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
2864 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
2865
2866 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
2867 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
2868 until the system finished start-up.
2869
2870 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
2871
2872 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
2873 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
2874 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
2875 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
2876 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
2877 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
2878 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
2879
2880 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
2881 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
2882 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
2883 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
2884 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
2885 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
2886 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
2887 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
2888 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
2889 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
2890 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
2891 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
2892
2893 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
2894 instantiate services.
2895
2896 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
2897 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
2898
2899 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
2900 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
2901 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
2902
2903 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
2904 it is neither used nor maintained.
2905
2906 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
2907 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
2908 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2909 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2910 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2911 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2912 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2913 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2914 separated by colons.
2915
2916 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2917 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2918
2919 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2920 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2921
2922 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2923 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2924
2925 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2926 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2927 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2928 directly.
2929
2930 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2931 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2932 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2933 ID.
2934
2935 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2936 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2937
2938 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2939 and LOGO=.
2940
2941 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2942 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2943 from any hibernated image.
2944
2945 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2946 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2947 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2948 kernel exports them.
2949
2950 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2951 /usr/bin/.
2952
2953 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2954 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2955 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2956 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2957 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2958 now documented here:
2959
2960 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2961
2962 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2963 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2964 installs during early boot.
2965
2966 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2967 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2968
2969 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2970 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2971
2972 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2973 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2974 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2975
2976 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2977 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2978 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2979 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2980 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2981 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2982 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2983 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2984 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2985 is on AC power.
2986
2987 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2988 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2989 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2990 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2991 see:
2992
2993 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2994
2995 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2996 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2997 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2998 and container environments.
2999
3000 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
3001 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
3002 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
3003 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
3004
3005 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
3006 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
3007 journald per-service.
3008
3009 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
3010 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
3011
3012 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
3013 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
3014 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
3015 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
3016
3017 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
3018 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
3019 groups.
3020
3021 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
3022 --ephemeral command line switch.
3023
3024 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
3025 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
3026 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
3027 object itself.
3028
3029 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
3030 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
3031 not unloaded).
3032
3033 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
3034 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
3035 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
3036
3037 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
3038 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
3039 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
3040 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
3041 "dead" state on success.
3042
3043 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
3044 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
3045 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
3046 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
3047 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
3048 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
3049 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
3050 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
3051 well-defined system service context.
3052
3053 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
3054 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
3055 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
3056 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
3057
3058 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
3059 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
3060 continue to be used.
3061
3062 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
3063 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
3064 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
3065 for example:
3066
3067 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
3068
3069 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
3070 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
3071 the command line's exit code.
3072
3073 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
3074
3075 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
3076
3077 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
3078 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
3079 support to systemctl and all other commands.
3080
3081 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
3082 name as argument.
3083
3084 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
3085 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
3086 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
3087 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
3088 is improved.
3089
3090 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
3091 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
3092 initialize one to all 0xFF.
3093
3094 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
3095 all files and directories listed in
3096 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
3097 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
3098 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
3099 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
3100 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
3101 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
3102 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
3103 the transition to the host OS.
3104
3105 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
3106 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
3107 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
3108 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
3109 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
3110 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
3111 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
3112 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
3113 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
3114 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
3115 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
3116 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
3117 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
3118 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
3119 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
3120 these are opened they don't work.
3121
3122 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
3123 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
3124 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
3125 logic works again.
3126
3127 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
3128 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
3129 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
3130 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
3131 ignore it.
3132
3133 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
3134 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
3135 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
3136 commands.
3137
3138 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
3139 pam_systemd anymore.
3140
3141 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
3142 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
3143 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
3144 policy took effect.
3145
3146 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
3147 python-3.5.
3148
3149 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
3150 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
3151 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
3152 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
3153 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
3154 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
3155 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
3156 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
3157 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
3158 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
3159 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
3160 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
3161 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
3162 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
3163 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
3164 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
3165 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3166 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
3167 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
3168 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
3169 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
3170 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
3171 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
3172 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
3173 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
3174 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
3175 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
3176 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
3177 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
3178 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
3179 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
3180 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
3181 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
3182 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
3183 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
3184 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
3185 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
3186 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
3187 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
3188 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
3189 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
3190 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
3191 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
3192 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
3193 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
3194
3195 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
3196
3197 CHANGES WITH 239:
3198
3199 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
3200 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
3201 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
3202 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
3203 a slot number associated.
3204
3205 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
3206 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
3207 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
3208 independent.
3209
3210 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
3211 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
3212 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3213
3214 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
3215 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
3216 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
3217 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
3218
3219 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
3220 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
3221 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
3222 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
3223 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
3224 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
3225 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
3226 e.g. NIS.
3227
3228 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
3229 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
3230 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
3231 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
3232 may be necessary to update the file.
3233
3234 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
3235 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
3236 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
3237 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
3238 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
3239 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
3240 documentation.
3241
3242 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
3243 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
3244 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
3245 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
3246 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
3247 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
3248 them.
3249
3250 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
3251 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
3252 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
3253 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
3254 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
3255
3256 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
3257 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
3258 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
3259 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
3260 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
3261 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
3262 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
3263 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
3264
3265 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
3266 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
3267 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
3268 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
3269 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
3270
3271 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
3272 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
3273 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
3274 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
3275 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
3276
3277 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
3278 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
3279 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
3280
3281 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
3282 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
3283 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
3284 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
3285 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
3286 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
3287 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
3288 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
3289 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
3290 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
3291 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
3292 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
3293 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
3294 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
3295 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
3296 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
3297 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
3298 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
3299 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
3300 from.
3301
3302 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
3303 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
3304 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
3305 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
3306
3307 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
3308 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
3309 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
3310 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
3311
3312 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
3313 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
3314 hibernates again.
3315
3316 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
3317 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
3318
3319 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
3320 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
3321 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
3322
3323 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
3324 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
3325 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
3326 was not configurable and set to 512.
3327
3328 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
3329 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
3330 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
3331 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
3332 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
3333 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
3334 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
3335 in particular su and sudo.
3336
3337 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
3338 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
3339 synchronization has been received from the network. This
3340 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
3341 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
3342 services.
3343
3344 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
3345 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
3346 files should work for hibernation now.
3347
3348 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
3349 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
3350 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
3351 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
3352 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
3353 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
3354 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
3355 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
3356 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
3357 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
3358 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
3359 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
3360 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
3361 name following the last dash.
3362
3363 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
3364 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
3365 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
3366 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
3367 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
3368
3369 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
3370 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
3371 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
3372 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
3373 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
3374 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
3375
3376 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
3377 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
3378 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
3379 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
3380
3381 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
3382 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
3383 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
3384 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
3385 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
3386
3387 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
3388 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
3389 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
3390 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
3391 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
3392 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
3393 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
3394 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
3395 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
3396 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
3397 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
3398 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
3399 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
3400
3401 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
3402 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
3403 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
3404 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
3405 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
3406 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
3407 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
3408 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
3409 settings.
3410
3411 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
3412 expiration feature, if it is available.
3413
3414 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
3415 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
3416 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
3417
3418 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
3419 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
3420
3421 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
3422
3423 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
3424 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
3425
3426 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
3427 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
3428 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
3429 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
3430 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
3431 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
3432 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
3433 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
3434 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
3435 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
3436 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
3437
3438 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
3439 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
3440 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
3441 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
3442
3443 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
3444 about its state.
3445
3446 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
3447 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
3448 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
3449 "timedatectl set-ntp".
3450
3451 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
3452 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
3453 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
3454 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
3455 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
3456 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
3457 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
3458 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
3459 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
3460 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
3461 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
3462
3463 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
3464 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
3465
3466 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
3467 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
3468 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
3469 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
3470 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
3471 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
3472
3473 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
3474 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
3475 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
3476 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
3477 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
3478 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
3479 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
3480
3481 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
3482 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
3483 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
3484 shown.)
3485
3486 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
3487 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
3488 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
3489 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
3490 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
3491 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
3492 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
3493 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
3494 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
3495
3496 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
3497 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
3498 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
3499
3500 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
3501 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
3502 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
3503 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
3504 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
3505 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
3506 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
3507 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
3508
3509 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
3510
3511 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
3512 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
3513 automatically when the system clock changed.)
3514
3515 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
3516 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
3517
3518 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
3519 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
3520 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
3521
3522 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
3523
3524 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
3525
3526 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
3527 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
3528
3529 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
3530 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
3531 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
3532 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
3533 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
3534 external user databases.
3535
3536 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
3537 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
3538 refused due to the enforced limits.
3539
3540 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
3541 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
3542 manages.
3543
3544 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
3545 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
3546 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
3547 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
3548 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
3549 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
3550 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
3551 where this is now used by default.
3552
3553 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
3554 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
3555
3556 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
3557 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
3558 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
3559 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
3560 update process in a generic way.
3561
3562 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
3563
3564 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
3565 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
3566 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
3567 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
3568 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
3569 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
3570 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
3571 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
3572 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
3573 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
3574 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
3575 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
3576 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
3577 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
3578 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
3579 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
3580 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
3581 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
3582 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
3583 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
3584 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
3585 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
3586 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
3587 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
3588 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
3589 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
3590 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
3591 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
3592 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3593
3594 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
3595
3596 CHANGES WITH 238:
3597
3598 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
3599 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
3600 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
3601 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
3602 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
3603 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
3604 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
3605 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
3606 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
3607 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
3608 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
3609 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
3610 to revert this change.
3611
3612 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
3613 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
3614 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
3615 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
3616 once at the end of the transaction.
3617
3618 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
3619 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
3620 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
3621 scripts.
3622
3623 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
3624 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
3625 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
3626 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
3627 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
3628 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
3629 still allowing local admin overrides.
3630
3631 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
3632 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
3633 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
3634
3635 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
3636 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
3637 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
3638 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
3639 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
3640
3641 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
3642 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
3643 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
3644 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
3645 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
3646 from package installation scripts.
3647
3648 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
3649 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
3650 without the user number ("u username -:456").
3651
3652 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
3653 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
3654
3655 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
3656 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
3657 /sbin/nologin for other users).
3658
3659 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
3660 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
3661 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
3662 --systemd, --user, or --global).
3663
3664 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
3665 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
3666 which are triggered meanwhile).
3667
3668 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
3669 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
3670 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
3671 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
3672 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
3673
3674 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
3675 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
3676 rotated very quickly.
3677
3678 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
3679 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
3680 pending bus messages.
3681
3682 * systemd gained a new
3683 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
3684 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
3685 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
3686 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
3687 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
3688 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
3689 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
3690 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
3691 session scope.
3692
3693 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
3694 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
3695 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
3696 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
3697 the tree to be accessed.
3698
3699 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
3700 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
3701 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
3702
3703 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
3704 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
3705 to keys in the main keyring.
3706
3707 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
3708
3709 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
3710 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
3711
3712 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
3713
3714 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
3715 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
3716 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
3717 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
3718 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
3719 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
3720 explicitly.
3721
3722 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
3723 the colour of "OK" status messages.
3724
3725 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
3726 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
3727 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
3728 be restarted.
3729
3730 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
3731 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
3732
3733 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
3734 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
3735 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
3736 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
3737 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
3738 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
3739 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
3740 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
3741 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
3742 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
3743 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
3744 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
3745 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3746 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3747 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
3748 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
3749
3750 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
3751
3752 CHANGES WITH 237:
3753
3754 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
3755 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
3756 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
3757 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
3758
3759 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
3760 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
3761 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
3762 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
3763 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
3764 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
3765 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
3766 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
3767 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
3768 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
3769
3770 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
3771 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
3772 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
3773 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
3774 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
3775 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
3776 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
3777 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
3778 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
3779 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
3780
3781 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
3782 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
3783 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
3784 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
3785 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
3786 now provides explicit control.
3787
3788 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
3789 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
3790 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
3791 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
3792 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
3793 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
3794 unit types that already supported transient operation.
3795
3796 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
3797 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
3798 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
3799
3800 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
3801 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
3802
3803 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
3804 .network files all gained support for a new condition
3805 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
3806 versions.
3807
3808 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
3809 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
3810 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
3811 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
3812 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
3813 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
3814 understands RapidCommit=.
3815
3816 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
3817 Delegation.
3818
3819 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
3820 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
3821 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
3822 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
3823 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
3824 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
3825 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
3826 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
3827 --watch-bind= command line switch.
3828
3829 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
3830 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
3831 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
3832 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
3833 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
3834 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
3835 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
3836 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
3837 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
3838 "Disconnected" signals).
3839
3840 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
3841 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
3842 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
3843 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
3844 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
3845 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
3846 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
3847 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
3848 round-trips are removed.
3849
3850 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
3851 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
3852 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
3853 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
3854
3855 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
3856 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
3857 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
3858 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
3859 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
3860 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
3861
3862 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
3863 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
3864 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
3865 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
3866 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
3867 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
3868 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
3869 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
3870 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
3871 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
3872
3873 * sd-event gained a new call pair
3874 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
3875 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
3876 when the event source is destroyed.
3877
3878 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
3879 connections.
3880
3881 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
3882 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
3883 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
3884 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
3885 new transitional flag file has been added: if
3886 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
3887 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
3888
3889 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
3890 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
3891 manager.
3892
3893 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
3894 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
3895 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
3896 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
3897 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
3898
3899 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
3900 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
3901 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
3902 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
3903 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
3904 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
3905
3906 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
3907 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
3908 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3909 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3910 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3911 level/target is given as an argument.
3912
3913 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3914 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3915 where UID and GID do not match.
3916
3917 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3918 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3919 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3920 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3921 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3922 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3923 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3924 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3925 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3926 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3927 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3928 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3929 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3930 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3931 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3932 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3933 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3934 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3935 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3936 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3937 Палаузов
3938
3939 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3940
3941 CHANGES WITH 236:
3942
3943 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3944 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3945 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3946 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3947
3948 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3949 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3950 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3951 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3952 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3953 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3954 valid specifiers today.)
3955
3956 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3957 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3958 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3959 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3960 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3961 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3962
3963 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3964 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3965 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3966 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3967
3968 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3969 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3970 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3971 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3972 services are resolved properly.
3973
3974 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3975 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3976 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3977 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3978 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3979 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3980 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3981 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3982 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3983 and btrfs.
3984
3985 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3986 DNS server and domain information.
3987
3988 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3989 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3990 runtime.
3991
3992 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3993 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3994 empty for the first time.
3995
3996 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3997 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3998 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3999 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
4000 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
4001 running in the user session.
4002
4003 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
4004 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
4005 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
4006 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
4007 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
4008 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
4009 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
4010 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
4011 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
4012 user instance).
4013
4014 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
4015 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
4016
4017 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
4018 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
4019 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
4020 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
4021
4022 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
4023 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
4024
4025 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
4026 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
4027 sleep verbs.
4028
4029 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
4030
4031 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
4032 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
4033
4034 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
4035
4036 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
4037 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
4038 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
4039
4040 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
4041 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
4042 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
4043 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
4044 instance.
4045
4046 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
4047 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
4048 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
4049
4050 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
4051 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
4052 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
4053
4054 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
4055
4056 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
4057 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
4058 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
4059 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
4060 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
4061 processes.
4062
4063 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
4064 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
4065 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
4066 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
4067
4068 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
4069 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
4070 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
4071
4072 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
4073 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
4074 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
4075 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
4076 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
4077
4078 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
4079 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
4080
4081 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
4082 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
4083 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
4084 time the specified expression would elapse.
4085
4086 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
4087 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
4088 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
4089 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
4090 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
4091 types, not just services.
4092
4093 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
4094 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
4095 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
4096 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
4097
4098 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
4099 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
4100 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
4101 interface for this purpose.
4102
4103 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
4104 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
4105 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
4106 anyway.
4107
4108 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
4109 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
4110 requirements of systemd.
4111
4112 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
4113 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
4114 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
4115
4116 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
4117 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
4118 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
4119 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
4120
4121 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
4122 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
4123 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
4124 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
4125
4126 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
4127 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
4128
4129 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
4130 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
4131 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
4132 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
4133 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
4134 managing software supports (such as pppd).
4135
4136 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
4137 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
4138 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
4139
4140 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
4141 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
4142 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
4143 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
4144 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
4145 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
4146 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
4147 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
4148 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
4149 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
4150 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
4151 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
4152 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
4153 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
4154 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
4155 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
4156 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
4157 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
4158 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
4159 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
4160 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
4161 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4162 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4163
4164 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
4165
4166 CHANGES WITH 235:
4167
4168 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
4169 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
4170 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
4171 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
4172 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
4173 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
4174 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
4175 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
4176 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
4177 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
4178 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
4179 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
4180 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
4181 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
4182 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
4183 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
4184 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
4185 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
4186 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
4187 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
4188 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
4189 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
4190 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
4191 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
4192 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
4193 IPAddressDeny= see below.
4194
4195 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
4196 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
4197 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
4198 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
4199 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
4200 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
4201 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
4202 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
4203
4204 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
4205 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
4206 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
4207 used to change those values.
4208
4209 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
4210 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
4211 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
4212 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
4213 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
4214 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
4215
4216 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
4217 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
4218 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
4219 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
4220
4221 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
4222 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
4223 one top-level directory.
4224
4225 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
4226 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
4227 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
4228 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
4229 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
4230 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
4231 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
4232 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
4233 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
4234 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
4235 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
4236 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
4237 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
4238 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
4239 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
4240
4241 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
4242 Meson-only.
4243
4244 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
4245 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
4246 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
4247 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
4248 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
4249 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
4250 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
4251 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
4252 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
4253 acceptable to us.
4254
4255 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
4256 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
4257 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
4258 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
4259 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
4260 requested at build time.
4261
4262 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
4263 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
4264 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
4265 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
4266 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
4267 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
4268 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
4269 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
4270 Type= setting which permits configuring
4271 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
4272
4273 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
4274 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
4275 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
4276 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
4277 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
4278 local frames between bridge ports.
4279
4280 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
4281 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
4282 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
4283
4284 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
4285 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
4286
4287 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
4288 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
4289 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
4290 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
4291
4292 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
4293 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
4294 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
4295 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
4296 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
4297 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
4298 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
4299 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
4300
4301 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
4302 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
4303 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
4304 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
4305 command.)
4306
4307 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
4308 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
4309 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
4310
4311 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
4312 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
4313 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
4314 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
4315
4316 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
4317 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
4318 configured, except for the credentials applied by
4319 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
4320 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
4321 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
4322 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
4323 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
4324 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
4325 on systems where this is not supported.
4326
4327 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
4328 sockets.
4329
4330 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
4331 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
4332 during runtime.
4333
4334 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
4335 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
4336 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
4337
4338 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
4339 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
4340 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
4341
4342 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
4343 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
4344 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
4345 Following this logic, two new special targets
4346 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
4347 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
4348 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
4349
4350 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
4351 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
4352 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
4353 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
4354
4355 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
4356 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
4357 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
4358 --wait".
4359
4360 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
4361 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
4362 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
4363 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
4364 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
4365 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
4366 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
4367 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
4368 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
4369
4370 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
4371 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
4372 containing information about the consumed resources of this
4373 invocation.
4374
4375 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
4376 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
4377 processes.
4378
4379 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
4380 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
4381 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
4382 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
4383 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
4384 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
4385 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
4386 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
4387 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
4388 systems for all five operations.
4389
4390 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
4391 the system.
4392
4393 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
4394 than UTC or the local timezone.
4395
4396 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
4397 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
4398 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
4399 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
4400 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
4401 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
4402 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
4403 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
4404
4405 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
4406 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
4407 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
4408 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
4409 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
4410 again.
4411
4412 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
4413 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
4414 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
4415
4416 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
4417 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
4418 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
4419 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
4420 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
4421 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
4422 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
4423 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
4424 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
4425 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
4426 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
4427 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
4428 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
4429 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
4430 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
4431 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
4432 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
4433 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
4434 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
4435 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4436
4437 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
4438
4439 CHANGES WITH 234:
4440
4441 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
4442 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
4443 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
4444 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
4445 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
4446 summary:
4447
4448 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
4449
4450 becomes:
4451
4452 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
4453
4454 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
4455 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
4456 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
4457 .device units.
4458
4459 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
4460 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
4461 running a systemd user instance.
4462
4463 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
4464 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
4465 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
4466 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
4467 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
4468 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
4469
4470 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
4471
4472 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
4473 (domain search list).
4474
4475 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
4476 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
4477 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
4478 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
4479 implementation of RA.
4480
4481 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
4482 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
4483 ISO date values.
4484
4485 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
4486 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
4487 devices.
4488
4489 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
4490 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
4491 option.
4492
4493 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
4494 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
4495 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
4496 default yet.
4497
4498 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
4499 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
4500 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
4501 SHA256SUMS files.
4502
4503 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
4504 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
4505
4506 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
4507
4508 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
4509
4510 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
4511 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
4512
4513 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
4514 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
4515 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
4516 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
4517
4518 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
4519 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
4520 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
4521 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
4522 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
4523 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
4524 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
4525 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
4526 systemd-logind to be safe. See
4527 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
4528
4529 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
4530 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
4531 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
4532 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
4533 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
4534 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
4535 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
4536 after all the plugins exit.
4537
4538 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
4539 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
4540 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
4541 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
4542 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
4543 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
4544 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
4545 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4546 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
4547 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
4548 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
4549 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
4550 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
4551 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
4552 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
4553 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4554 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
4555 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
4556 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
4557 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
4558 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
4559 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
4560 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
4561 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
4562 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4563 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
4564 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4565 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
4566 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
4567 Георгиевски
4568
4569 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
4570
4571 CHANGES WITH 233:
4572
4573 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
4574 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
4575 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
4576 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
4577 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
4578 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
4579 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
4580 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
4581 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
4582
4583 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
4584 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
4585 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
4586 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
4587 default selected on the configure command line
4588 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
4589 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
4590 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
4591 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
4592 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
4593 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
4594 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
4595 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
4596 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
4597 greatest stability and compatibility only.
4598
4599 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
4600 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
4601 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
4602 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
4603 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
4604 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
4605 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
4606 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
4607 further details about this.)
4608
4609 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
4610 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
4611 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
4612
4613 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
4614 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
4615
4616 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
4617 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
4618 with 'make install-tests'.
4619
4620 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
4621 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
4622 kernel.
4623
4624 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
4625 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
4626 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
4627 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
4628 by the Slice= option.
4629
4630 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
4631 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
4632 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
4633 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
4634
4635 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
4636 following choices:
4637
4638 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
4639 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
4640 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
4641 (h)elp
4642 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
4643 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
4644 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
4645 (y)es, execute the command
4646
4647 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
4648 because its meaning was confusing.
4649
4650 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
4651 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
4652
4653 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
4654 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
4655 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
4656
4657 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
4658 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
4659 state directly, without executing these commands.
4660
4661 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
4662 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
4663 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
4664
4665 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
4666 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
4667 combination with After=) have been started.
4668
4669 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
4670 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
4671 setting, and which system calls they contain.
4672
4673 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
4674 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
4675 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
4676 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
4677 configuration related calls.
4678
4679 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
4680 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
4681 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
4682 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
4683 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
4684 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
4685 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
4686
4687 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
4688 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
4689
4690 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
4691 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
4692 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
4693
4694 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
4695 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
4696
4697 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
4698 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
4699 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
4700 for compatibility.
4701
4702 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
4703 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
4704
4705 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
4706 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
4707
4708 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
4709 support for negative matching.
4710
4711 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
4712
4713 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
4714 permitted runtime of the mount command.
4715
4716 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
4717 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
4718 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
4719 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
4720 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
4721 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
4722 removed from the drive.
4723
4724 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
4725 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
4726
4727 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
4728 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
4729
4730 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
4731 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
4732 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
4733
4734 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
4735 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
4736 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
4737 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
4738 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
4739 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
4740 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
4741
4742 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
4743 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
4744 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
4745 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
4746 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
4747 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
4748
4749 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
4750 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
4751
4752 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
4753 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
4754 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
4755 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
4756 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
4757 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
4758 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
4759 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
4760
4761 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
4762 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
4763 including all control processes.
4764
4765 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
4766 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
4767 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
4768
4769 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4770 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
4771 prefixing the source path with "+".
4772
4773 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
4774 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
4775 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
4776 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
4777 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
4778 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
4779 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
4780 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
4781
4782 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
4783 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
4784 before).
4785
4786 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
4787 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
4788 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
4789 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
4790 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
4791 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
4792 the new --root-hash= command line option).
4793
4794 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
4795 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
4796 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
4797 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
4798 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
4799 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
4800 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
4801 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
4802 versions.
4803
4804 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
4805 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
4806 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
4807 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
4808 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
4809 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
4810 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
4811 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
4812 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
4813 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
4814 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
4815 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
4816 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
4817 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
4818 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
4819 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
4820 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
4821 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
4822 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
4823 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
4824 a Verity-enabled root partition.
4825
4826 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
4827 accelerometer quirks.
4828
4829 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
4830 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
4831 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
4832 ID of each service.
4833
4834 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
4835 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
4836 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
4837 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
4838 view.
4839
4840 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
4841 environment variables:
4842
4843 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
4844
4845 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
4846 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
4847 address.
4848
4849 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
4850 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
4851 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
4852
4853 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
4854 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
4855 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
4856 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
4857 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
4858 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
4859 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
4860 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
4861 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
4862 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
4863 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
4864 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
4865 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
4866
4867 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
4868 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
4869 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
4870
4871 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
4872 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
4873
4874 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
4875 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
4876 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
4877 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
4878 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
4879
4880 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
4881 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
4882 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
4883
4884 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
4885 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
4886
4887 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
4888 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
4889 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
4890 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
4891
4892 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
4893 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
4894 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
4895 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
4896 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
4897 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
4898 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
4899 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
4900 possibly even including full integrity data.
4901
4902 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
4903 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
4904 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
4905 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
4906 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
4907
4908 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4909 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4910 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4911 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4912 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4913
4914 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4915 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4916 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4917 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4918
4919 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4920 of coredumps in reverse order.
4921
4922 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4923 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4924 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4925 additional informational message in its output.
4926
4927 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4928 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4929 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4930
4931 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4932 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4933 scripting languages such as Python.
4934
4935 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4936 namespacing is enabled for them.
4937
4938 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4939 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4940 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4941 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4942 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4943 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4944
4945 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4946 root key (KSK).
4947
4948 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4949 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4950 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4951
4952 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4953 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4954 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4955 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4956 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4957 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4958 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4959 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4960 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4961 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4962 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4963 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4964 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4965 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4966 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4967 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4968 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4969 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4970 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4971 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4972 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4973 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4974 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4975 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4976 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4977 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4978 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4979 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4980 Тихонов
4981
4982 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4983
4984 CHANGES WITH 232:
4985
4986 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4987 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4988 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4989 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4990 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4991 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4992
4993 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4994 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4995
4996 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4997 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4998 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4999
5000 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
5001 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
5002 to be remounted read-only for a service.
5003
5004 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
5005 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
5006 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
5007 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
5008
5009 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
5010 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
5011
5012 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
5013 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
5014 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
5015
5016 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
5017 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
5018 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
5019 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
5020 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
5021 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
5022 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
5023 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
5024 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
5025 permanent modifications to the system.
5026
5027 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
5028 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
5029 container or chroot environments.
5030
5031 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
5032 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
5033 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
5034 mapped to nobody.
5035
5036 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
5037 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
5038 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
5039 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
5040
5041 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
5042 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
5043
5044 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
5045 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
5046 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
5047 and the support is provisional.
5048
5049 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
5050 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
5051 unit files in the file system).
5052
5053 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
5054 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
5055 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
5056 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
5057 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
5058 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
5059 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
5060 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
5061 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
5062 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
5063 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
5064 state is fixed automatically.
5065
5066 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
5067 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
5068 option.
5069
5070 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
5071 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
5072 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
5073 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
5074 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
5075 else.
5076
5077 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
5078 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
5079 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
5080 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
5081 bootable on physical systems.
5082
5083 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
5084
5085 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
5086 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
5087 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
5088 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
5089 used.
5090
5091 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
5092 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
5093 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
5094 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
5095
5096 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
5097
5098 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
5099 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
5100 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
5101 of the container).
5102
5103 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
5104 files from the specified location.
5105
5106 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
5107 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
5108 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
5109 be active.
5110
5111 * The hardware database has been extended to support
5112 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
5113 trackball devices.
5114
5115 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
5116 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
5117 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
5118
5119 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
5120 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
5121 specified service binary exited.)
5122
5123 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
5124 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
5125
5126 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
5127 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
5128 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
5129 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
5130 --since= and --until= options.
5131
5132 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
5133 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
5134 are automatically propagated to the container.
5135
5136 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
5137 from a single IP address can be limited with
5138 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
5139 MaxConnections=.
5140
5141 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
5142 configuration.
5143
5144 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
5145 drop-ins.
5146
5147 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
5148 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
5149 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
5150 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
5151 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
5152 [Link] section of .link files.
5153
5154 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
5155 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
5156 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
5157 section of .netdev files.
5158
5159 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
5160 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
5161 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
5162
5163 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
5164 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
5165 .network files.
5166
5167 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
5168 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
5169 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
5170 service runtime cycle.
5171
5172 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
5173 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
5174 has been traditionally doing.
5175
5176 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
5177 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
5178 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
5179 prevent any later plugins from running.
5180
5181 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
5182 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
5183 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
5184 default of SplitMode=uid.
5185
5186 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
5187 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
5188 useful.
5189
5190 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
5191 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
5192 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
5193 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
5194 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
5195 individual namespaces.
5196
5197 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
5198 the output, as well as OS release information.
5199
5200 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
5201
5202 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
5203 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
5204 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
5205 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
5206 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
5207
5208 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
5209 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
5210 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
5211 severed.
5212
5213 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
5214 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
5215 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
5216 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
5217 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
5218 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
5219 information about exit statuses and results.
5220
5221 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
5222 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
5223 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
5224 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
5225 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
5226 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
5227
5228 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
5229
5230 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
5231 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
5232 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
5233 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
5234 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
5235 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
5236 entirely.
5237
5238 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
5239 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
5240 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
5241
5242 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
5243 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
5244 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
5245 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
5246 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
5247 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
5248 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
5249 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
5250 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
5251 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
5252 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
5253 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
5254 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
5255 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
5256 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
5257 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
5258 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
5259
5260 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
5261 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
5262 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
5263 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
5264
5265 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
5266 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
5267 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
5268 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
5269
5270 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
5271 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
5272 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
5273 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
5274 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
5275 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
5276 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
5277 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
5278 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
5279 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
5280 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
5281 fragment entirely.)
5282
5283 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
5284 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
5285 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
5286
5287 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
5288 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
5289 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
5290 FileDescriptorName= setting.
5291
5292 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
5293 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
5294 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
5295 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
5296 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
5297 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
5298
5299 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
5300 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
5301
5302 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
5303 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
5304
5305 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
5306 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
5307 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
5308 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
5309 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
5310
5311 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
5312 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
5313 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
5314 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
5315 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
5316 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
5317 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
5318 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
5319 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
5320 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
5321 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
5322 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
5323 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
5324 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
5325 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5326 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
5327 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
5328 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
5329 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
5330 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
5331 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
5332 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
5333 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
5334 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
5335 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5336 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
5337
5338 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
5339
5340 CHANGES WITH 231:
5341
5342 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
5343 with an additional special character as first argument of the
5344 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
5345 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
5346 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
5347 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
5348 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
5349 independently.
5350
5351 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
5352 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
5353
5354 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
5355 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
5356 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
5357 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
5358 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
5359 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
5360 values.
5361
5362 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
5363 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
5364 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
5365 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
5366 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
5367
5368 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
5369 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
5370 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
5371 7:10am every day.
5372
5373 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
5374 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
5375 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
5376 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
5377 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
5378 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
5379 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
5380 available for compatibility.
5381
5382 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
5383 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
5384 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
5385 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
5386 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
5387 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
5388
5389 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
5390 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
5391 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
5392 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
5393 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
5394 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
5395 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
5396 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
5397 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
5398
5399 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
5400 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
5401 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
5402 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5403 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
5404 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
5405 desired options.
5406
5407 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
5408 cgroup v2.
5409
5410 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
5411 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
5412 limited to subgroups of that group.
5413
5414 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
5415 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
5416 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
5417 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
5418 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
5419 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
5420 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
5421 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
5422
5423 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
5424 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
5425 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
5426 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
5427 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
5428 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
5429 own long-running services.
5430
5431 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
5432 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
5433 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
5434 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
5435
5436 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
5437 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
5438 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
5439 propagates this notification further to the service manager
5440 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
5441 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
5442 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
5443 primitives.
5444
5445 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
5446 "terminate".
5447
5448 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
5449 link-local IPv6 addresses.
5450
5451 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
5452 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
5453 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
5454 --flush-caches".
5455
5456 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
5457 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
5458 is shown.
5459
5460 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
5461 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
5462 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
5463 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
5464 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
5465 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
5466
5467 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
5468 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
5469 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
5470 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
5471 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
5472 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
5473 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
5474 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
5475 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
5476 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
5477 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
5478 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
5479 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
5480 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
5481 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
5482 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
5483 bus API instead.
5484
5485 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
5486 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
5487 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
5488 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
5489
5490 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
5491 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
5492 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
5493 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
5494
5495 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
5496 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
5497 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
5498
5499 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
5500 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
5501
5502 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
5503 interface configuration.
5504
5505 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
5506 specifying the --force switch.
5507
5508 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
5509 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
5510 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
5511
5512 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
5513 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
5514 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
5515 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
5516 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
5517 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
5518 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
5519 to be handled.
5520
5521 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
5522 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
5523
5524 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
5525 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
5526
5527 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
5528 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
5529 of persistent symlinks for that device.
5530
5531 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
5532 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
5533
5534 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
5535 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
5536 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
5537 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
5538 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
5539 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
5540 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
5541 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
5542 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
5543 library.
5544
5545 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
5546 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
5547 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
5548 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
5549 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
5550 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
5551 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
5552 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
5553 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
5554 doc/HACKING for details.
5555
5556 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
5557 distribution's bugtracker.
5558
5559 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
5560 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
5561 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
5562 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
5563 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
5564 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
5565 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
5566 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
5567 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
5568 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
5569 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
5570 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
5571 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
5572 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
5573 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
5574 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
5575 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
5576 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
5577 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5578
5579 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5580
5581 CHANGES WITH 230:
5582
5583 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
5584 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
5585 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
5586 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
5587 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
5588 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
5589 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
5590 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
5591 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
5592 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
5593 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
5594 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
5595 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
5596 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
5597 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
5598 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
5599 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
5600 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
5601 applications.)
5602
5603 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
5604 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
5605 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
5606
5607 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
5608 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
5609 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
5610 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
5611 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
5612 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
5613 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
5614
5615 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
5616 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
5617 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
5618 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
5619 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
5620 command works for tmux.
5621
5622 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
5623 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
5624 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
5625 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
5626 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
5627 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
5628
5629 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
5630 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
5631
5632 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
5633 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
5634 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
5635
5636 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
5637
5638 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
5639 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
5640 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
5641 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
5642 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
5643
5644 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
5645 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
5646 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
5647 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
5648
5649 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
5650 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
5651 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
5652 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
5653 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
5654 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
5655
5656 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
5657 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
5658 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
5659
5660 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
5661 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
5662 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
5663 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
5664 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
5665 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
5666
5667 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
5668 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
5669 address.
5670
5671 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
5672 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
5673 should be emitted.
5674
5675 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
5676 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
5677 supported.
5678
5679 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
5680 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
5681 logging performance.
5682
5683 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5684 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
5685 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
5686 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
5687 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
5688 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
5689
5690 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
5691 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
5692 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
5693 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
5694
5695 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
5696 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
5697
5698 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
5699 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
5700 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
5701
5702 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
5703
5704 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
5705 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
5706 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
5707 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
5708
5709 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
5710 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
5711 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
5712 refuse to operate on such files.
5713
5714 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
5715 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
5716 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
5717
5718 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
5719 just hidden container images.
5720
5721 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
5722 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
5723
5724 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
5725 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
5726 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
5727 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
5728 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
5729 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
5730 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
5731 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
5732 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
5733 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
5734 been changed to use this functionality by default.
5735
5736 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
5737 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
5738 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
5739 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
5740 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
5741 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
5742 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
5743 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
5744 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
5745 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
5746 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
5747 terminates.
5748
5749 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
5750 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
5751 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
5752 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
5753
5754 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
5755 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
5756 rate of the socket unit.
5757
5758 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
5759 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
5760 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
5761 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
5762 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
5763
5764 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
5765 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
5766 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
5767 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
5768 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
5769 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
5770 with this.
5771
5772 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
5773 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
5774
5775 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
5776 merged into the kernel in its current form.
5777
5778 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
5779 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
5780 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
5781 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
5782 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
5783
5784 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
5785 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
5786 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
5787
5788 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
5789 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
5790 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
5791 target is now included in early userspace.
5792
5793 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
5794 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
5795 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
5796 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
5797 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
5798 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
5799 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
5800 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
5801 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
5802 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
5803 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
5804 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
5805 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
5806 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
5807 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
5808 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
5809 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
5810 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
5811 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
5812 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
5813 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
5814 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
5815 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
5816 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
5817 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5818 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5819
5820 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
5821
5822 CHANGES WITH 229:
5823
5824 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
5825 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
5826 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
5827 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
5828 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
5829 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
5830 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
5831 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
5832 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
5833 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
5834 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
5835 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
5836 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
5837
5838 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
5839 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
5840 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
5841 /usr/bin.
5842
5843 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
5844 devices.
5845
5846 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
5847 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
5848 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
5849 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
5850 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
5851 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
5852 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
5853 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
5854 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
5855 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
5856 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
5857 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
5858 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
5859 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
5860 this limit.
5861
5862 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
5863 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
5864 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
5865 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
5866 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
5867 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
5868 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
5869 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
5870
5871 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
5872 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
5873 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
5874 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
5875 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
5876 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
5877 and group at package installation time.
5878
5879 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
5880 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
5881 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
5882 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
5883 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
5884
5885 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
5886 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
5887 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
5888 supports it.
5889
5890 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
5891 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
5892
5893 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
5894 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
5895 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
5896 file is already initialized.
5897
5898 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
5899 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
5900 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
5901 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
5902 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
5903 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
5904 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
5905 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
5906 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
5907
5908 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5909 working directory for the process started in the container.
5910
5911 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5912 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5913 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5914 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5915 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5916
5917 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5918 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5919 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5920
5921 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5922 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5923 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5924 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5925
5926 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5927 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5928 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5929 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5930 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5931
5932 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5933 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5934 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5935 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5936
5937 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5938 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5939 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5940 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5941 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5942 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5943 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5944 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5945 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5946 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5947 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5948 by PID 1.
5949
5950 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5951 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5952 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5953 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5954 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5955 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5956 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5957 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5958
5959 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5960
5961 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5962 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5963 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5964
5965 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5966 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5967 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5968 recent kernels.
5969
5970 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5971 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5972
5973 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5974 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5975 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5976 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5977 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5978 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5979 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5980 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5981 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5982 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5983 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5984 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5985 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5986
5987 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5988 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5989 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5990 clusters or larger setups.
5991
5992 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5993
5994 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5995 sockets.
5996
5997 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5998
5999 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
6000 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
6001 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
6002 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
6003 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
6004 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
6005
6006 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
6007 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
6008 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
6009
6010 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
6011 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
6012 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
6013 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
6014
6015 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
6016
6017 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
6018 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
6019 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
6020 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
6021 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
6022 maintain compatibility.
6023
6024 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
6025 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
6026 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
6027 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
6028 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
6029 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
6030 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
6031 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
6032 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
6033 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
6034 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
6035 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6036 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
6037 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
6038 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
6039 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
6040 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6041 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
6042 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6043
6044 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
6045
6046 CHANGES WITH 228:
6047
6048 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
6049 files are now also available as properties to set when
6050 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
6051 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
6052 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
6053 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
6054 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
6055 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
6056 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
6057
6058 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
6059 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
6060 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
6061
6062 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
6063 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
6064 created transiently.
6065
6066 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
6067 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
6068 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
6069 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
6070 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
6071 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
6072 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
6073 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
6074
6075 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
6076 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
6077 disk and sync the files, before returning.
6078
6079 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
6080 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
6081 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
6082 enabled.
6083
6084 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
6085 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
6086 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
6087 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
6088 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
6089 subvolumes.
6090
6091 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
6092 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
6093
6094 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
6095 individual indexes.
6096
6097 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
6098 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
6099 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
6100 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
6101 suffixes now.
6102
6103 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
6104 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
6105 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
6106 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
6107 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
6108 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
6109 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
6110 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
6111 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
6112 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
6113 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
6114 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
6115 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
6116 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
6117 number of processes or tasks each user may own
6118 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
6119 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
6120 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
6121 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
6122 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
6123 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
6124
6125 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
6126 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
6127 links between the host and the container.
6128
6129 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
6130 added that allows importing select environment variables
6131 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
6132 the service.
6133
6134 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
6135 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
6136 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
6137 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
6138 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
6139 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
6140 than until they first elapse.
6141
6142 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
6143 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
6144 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
6145 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
6146 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
6147 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
6148 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
6149 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
6150
6151 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
6152 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
6153 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
6154 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
6155 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
6156 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
6157 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
6158 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
6159 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
6160 journal and in coredump handling.
6161
6162 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
6163 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
6164 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
6165 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
6166 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
6167 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
6168 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
6169 software you package still references it, as this is a
6170 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
6171 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
6172
6173 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
6174
6175 Note that only util-linux versions built with
6176 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
6177
6178 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
6179 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
6180 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
6181
6182 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
6183 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
6184 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
6185 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
6186 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
6187 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
6188 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
6189 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
6190 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
6191 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
6192 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
6193 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
6194 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
6195 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
6196 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
6197 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
6198
6199 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
6200 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
6201 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
6202 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
6203 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
6204 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
6205 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
6206 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
6207 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
6208 surprises.
6209
6210 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
6211 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
6212 to the various user database fields of the user that the
6213 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
6214 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
6215 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
6216 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
6217 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
6218 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
6219 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
6220 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
6221 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
6222 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
6223 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
6224 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
6225 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
6226 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
6227 of PID 1 is the root user).
6228
6229 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
6230 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
6231 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6232 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
6233 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6234 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
6235 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
6236 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
6237 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
6238 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
6239 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
6240 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
6241 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6242 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
6243 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6244
6245 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
6246
6247 CHANGES WITH 227:
6248
6249 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
6250 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
6251 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
6252
6253 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
6254 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
6255 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
6256 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
6257 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
6258 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
6259
6260 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
6261 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
6262 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
6263 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6264 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
6265
6266 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
6267 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
6268 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
6269 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
6270 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
6271 packets on unestablished sockets.
6272
6273 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6274 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
6275 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
6276 automatically.
6277
6278 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
6279 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
6280 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
6281
6282 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
6283 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
6284 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
6285 for disk IO.
6286
6287 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
6288 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
6289 removed.
6290
6291 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
6292 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
6293 directory is set to the home directory of the user
6294 configured in User=.
6295
6296 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
6297 directory of the selected user by default.
6298
6299 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
6300 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
6301 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
6302 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
6303 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
6304 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
6305 compat reasons.
6306
6307 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
6308 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
6309 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
6310 units.
6311
6312 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
6313 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
6314 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
6315 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
6316 level.
6317
6318 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
6319 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
6320 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
6321 namespaces work correctly.
6322
6323 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
6324 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
6325 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
6326 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
6327 activation.
6328
6329 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
6330 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
6331 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
6332 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
6333 system instance in a container.
6334
6335 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
6336 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
6337 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
6338 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
6339 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
6340 connections.
6341
6342 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
6343 show the control groups within a certain container only.
6344
6345 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
6346 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
6347 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
6348 processes attached, or similar.
6349
6350 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
6351 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
6352 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
6353
6354 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
6355 specifiers like %i or %f.
6356
6357 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
6358 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
6359 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
6360 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
6361
6362 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
6363 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
6364 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
6365 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
6366 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
6367 descriptors using sd_notify().
6368
6369 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
6370
6371 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
6372 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
6373
6374 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
6375 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
6376
6377 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
6378 .network files.
6379
6380 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
6381 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
6382 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
6383 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
6384 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
6385 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
6386 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
6387 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
6388 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
6389 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
6390 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
6391 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
6392 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
6393 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
6394 gdm-autologin is used.
6395
6396 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
6397 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
6398 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
6399 next to the image file.
6400
6401 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
6402 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
6403 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
6404 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
6405
6406 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
6407 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
6408 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
6409 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
6410 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
6411 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
6412
6413 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
6414 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
6415 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
6416 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6417 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
6418 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
6419 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
6420 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
6421 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
6422 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
6423 number of files in place.
6424
6425 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
6426 on kernels where that is supported.
6427
6428 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
6429
6430 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
6431 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
6432 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
6433 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
6434 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
6435 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
6436 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
6437 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
6438 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
6439 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
6440 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6441 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6442 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
6443 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
6444 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
6445 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6446 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
6447 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
6448
6449 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
6450
6451 CHANGES WITH 226:
6452
6453 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
6454 new features:
6455
6456 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
6457 information. It may be enabled and configured via
6458 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
6459 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
6460 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
6461 is any) is propagated.
6462
6463 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
6464 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
6465 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
6466 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
6467 information is enabled between host and containers by
6468 default now: the container will change its local timezone
6469 to what the host has set.
6470
6471 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
6472 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
6473
6474 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
6475 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
6476 information back, even if the server loses state.
6477
6478 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
6479 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
6480 PoolSize=.
6481
6482 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
6483 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
6484 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
6485 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
6486
6487 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
6488 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
6489 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
6490 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
6491 'dbus-daemon' systems.
6492
6493 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
6494 for virtio devices.
6495
6496 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
6497 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
6498 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
6499 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
6500 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
6501 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
6502 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
6503 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
6504 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
6505 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
6506 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
6507 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
6508 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
6509 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
6510 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
6511 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
6512 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
6513 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
6514 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
6515 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
6516 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
6517 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
6518 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
6519 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
6520 grants them.
6521
6522 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
6523 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
6524 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
6525 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
6526 group tree.
6527
6528 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
6529 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
6530 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
6531 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
6532 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
6533 work correctly in containers now.
6534
6535 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
6536 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
6537
6538 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
6539 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
6540 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
6541 function call is particularly useful when implementing
6542 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
6543
6544 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
6545 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
6546 signal events.
6547
6548 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
6549 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
6550 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
6551 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
6552
6553 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
6554 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
6555 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
6556 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
6557 nspawn command line.
6558
6559 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
6560 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
6561 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
6562 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
6563 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
6564 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
6565 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
6566 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
6567
6568 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
6569
6570 CHANGES WITH 225:
6571
6572 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
6573 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
6574 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
6575 shell directly without prompting for username or
6576 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
6577 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
6578 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
6579 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
6580 the originating session.
6581
6582 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
6583 options and allows other programs to query the values.
6584
6585 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
6586 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
6587 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
6588 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
6589 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
6590 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
6591 probably not stabilize on this release.
6592
6593 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
6594 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
6595 messages.
6596
6597 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
6598 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
6599 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
6600
6601 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
6602 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
6603
6604 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
6605 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
6606 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
6607 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
6608 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
6609 posteriori.
6610
6611 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
6612 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
6613
6614 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
6615 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
6616 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
6617 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
6618 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
6619 "lastlog" tools.
6620
6621 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
6622 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
6623 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
6624 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
6625 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
6626
6627 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
6628 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
6629 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
6630 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6631 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
6632 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
6633 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
6634 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
6635 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
6636 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
6637 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
6638 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6639
6640 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
6641
6642 CHANGES WITH 224:
6643
6644 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
6645 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
6646
6647 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
6648 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
6649 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
6650
6651 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
6652 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6653 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
6654
6655 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
6656
6657 CHANGES WITH 223:
6658
6659 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
6660 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
6661 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
6662 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6663
6664 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
6665 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
6666
6667 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
6668 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
6669
6670 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
6671
6672 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
6673 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
6674 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
6675
6676 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
6677 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
6678 decapsulated packet.
6679
6680 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
6681 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
6682 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
6683 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
6684 netlink attribute.
6685
6686 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
6687 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
6688 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
6689 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
6690
6691 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
6692 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
6693 according to RFC2460.
6694
6695 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
6696 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
6697
6698 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
6699 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
6700 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
6701
6702 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
6703 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
6704 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
6705 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
6706 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
6707 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
6708
6709 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
6710 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6711 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
6712 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
6713 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
6714 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
6715 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
6716 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
6717 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
6718 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6719
6720 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
6721
6722 CHANGES WITH 222:
6723
6724 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
6725 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
6726 or should be used to work around such bugs.
6727
6728 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
6729 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
6730
6731 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
6732 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
6733 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
6734 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
6735 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
6736
6737 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
6738 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
6739 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
6740
6741 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
6742 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
6743 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
6744 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
6745 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
6746
6747 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
6748
6749 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
6750 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
6751 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
6752 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
6753 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
6754 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6755 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
6756 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
6757 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6758 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6759
6760 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
6761
6762 CHANGES WITH 221:
6763
6764 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
6765 stable and have been added to the official interface of
6766 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
6767 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
6768 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
6769 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
6770 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
6771 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
6772 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
6773 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
6774 portable to other kernels.
6775
6776 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
6777 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
6778 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
6779 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
6780 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
6781 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
6782 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
6783 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
6784 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
6785 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
6786 systemd enabled.
6787
6788 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
6789 2.26.
6790
6791 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
6792 favor of calling an abstraction tool
6793 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
6794 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
6795 in README for details.
6796
6797 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
6798 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
6799 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
6800 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
6801 unit.
6802
6803 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
6804 into man pages.
6805
6806 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
6807 external project.
6808
6809 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
6810 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
6811
6812 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
6813 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
6814 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
6815 state.
6816
6817 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
6818 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
6819 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
6820
6821 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
6822 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
6823 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
6824 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
6825 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
6826 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
6827 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
6828 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
6829 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
6830 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6831 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
6832 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
6833 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
6834 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6835 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
6836 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6837
6838 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
6839
6840 CHANGES WITH 220:
6841
6842 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
6843 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
6844 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
6845 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
6846 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
6847 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
6848 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
6849 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
6850
6851 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
6852 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
6853 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
6854 service consumed). This value is only available if
6855 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
6856 in the "systemctl status" output.
6857
6858 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
6859 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
6860 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
6861 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
6862 previously was already the default behaviour).
6863
6864 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
6865 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
6866 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
6867
6868 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
6869 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
6870 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
6871 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
6872
6873 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
6874 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
6875 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
6876 journalling file systems that support external journal
6877 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
6878 systems to be mounted.
6879
6880 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
6881 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
6882 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
6883 stable release this should not be problematic.
6884
6885 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
6886 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
6887 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
6888 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
6889 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
6890
6891 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
6892 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
6893 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
6894 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
6895 network switches.
6896
6897 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
6898 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
6899
6900 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
6901 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
6902 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
6903
6904 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
6905
6906 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
6907 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
6908 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6909 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6910 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6911 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6912 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6913 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6914 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6915 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6916 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6917 been fixed in v220.
6918
6919 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6920 systemd-networkd.
6921
6922 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6923 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6924 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6925 containers started from the command line.
6926
6927 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6928 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6929
6930 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6931 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6932 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6933 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6934
6935 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6936 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6937 when shutting down.
6938
6939 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6940 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6941 overlayfs support.
6942
6943 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6944 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6945 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6946 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6947 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6948 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6949 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6950
6951 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6952 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6953 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6954
6955 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6956 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6957 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6958 of v1 as before).
6959
6960 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6961 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6962
6963 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6964 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6965 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6966 without further privileges or authorization.
6967
6968 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6969 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6970 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6971 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6972 accessible via a bus interface.
6973
6974 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6975 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6976 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6977 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6978 to cover this functionality.
6979
6980 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6981 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6982 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6983 disabled/masked also stopped.
6984
6985 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6986 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6987 updated to support systemd-boot.
6988
6989 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6990 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6991 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6992 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6993 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6994 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6995 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6996 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6997 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6998
6999 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
7000 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
7001 system.
7002
7003 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
7004 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
7005 logic has been turned into a allow list that requires picking block
7006 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
7007
7008 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
7009 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
7010 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
7011 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
7012
7013 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
7014 stick devices has been added.
7015
7016 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
7017 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
7018
7019 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
7020 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
7021 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
7022 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
7023 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
7024
7025 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
7026 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
7027 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
7028
7029 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
7030 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
7031 Debian.
7032
7033 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
7034 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
7035 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
7036
7037 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
7038 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
7039 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
7040 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
7041 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
7042 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
7043 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
7044 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7045 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
7046 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
7047 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
7048 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
7049 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
7050 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
7051 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
7052 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
7053 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
7054 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7055 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
7056 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
7057 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
7058 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
7059 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
7060 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
7061 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
7062 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
7063 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7064
7065 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
7066
7067 CHANGES WITH 219:
7068
7069 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
7070 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
7071 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
7072 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
7073 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
7074 interface with and update the database.
7075
7076 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
7077 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
7078 before bytewise copying is done.
7079
7080 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
7081 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
7082 directory, and immediately removed when the container
7083 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
7084 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
7085 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
7086 for starting a container off the root file system of the
7087 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
7088 available on btrfs file systems.
7089
7090 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
7091 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7092 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
7093 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
7094 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
7095 systems.
7096
7097 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
7098 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
7099 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
7100 mount point remains.
7101
7102 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
7103 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
7104 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
7105 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
7106 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
7107 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
7108 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
7109 are disabled.
7110
7111 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
7112 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
7113 container to the host or vice versa.
7114
7115 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
7116 mount host directories into local containers. This is
7117 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
7118
7119 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
7120 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
7121
7122 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
7123 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
7124 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
7125 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
7126 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
7127 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
7128 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
7129 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
7130 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
7131 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
7132 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
7133 make the functionality of importd available to the
7134 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
7135 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
7136 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
7137 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
7138 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
7139 only fully supported on btrfs.
7140
7141 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
7142 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
7143 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
7144 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
7145 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
7146 information about images.
7147
7148 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
7149 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
7150 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
7151 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
7152 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
7153 legacy file systems).
7154
7155 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
7156 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
7157 shown in networkctl output.
7158
7159 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
7160 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
7161 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
7162 processes as system services while interactively
7163 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
7164 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
7165 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
7166 full login session, the difference being that the former
7167 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
7168 setup.
7169
7170 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
7171 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
7172 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
7173 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
7174 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
7175
7176 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
7177 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
7178 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
7179 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
7180 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
7181 via qemu/kvm.
7182
7183 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
7184 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
7185 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
7186 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
7187 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
7188 disk images, too.
7189
7190 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
7191 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
7192 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
7193 integrate with that.
7194
7195 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
7196 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
7197 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
7198 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
7199
7200 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
7201 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
7202 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
7203
7204 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
7205 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
7206 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
7207 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
7208 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
7209 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
7210 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
7211 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
7212 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
7213 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
7214
7215 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
7216 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
7217 files.
7218
7219 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
7220 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
7221 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
7222 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
7223 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
7224 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
7225 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
7226 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
7227 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
7228 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
7229 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
7230 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
7231 explicitly turned on.
7232
7233 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
7234 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
7235 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
7236 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
7237
7238 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
7239 supported.
7240
7241 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
7242 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
7243 user/session following the status output. Similar,
7244 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
7245 associated with a virtual machine or container
7246 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
7247 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
7248 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
7249 output however.)
7250
7251 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
7252 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
7253 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
7254 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
7255 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
7256 caller's session/user.
7257
7258 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
7259 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
7260 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
7261 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
7262 user services.
7263
7264 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
7265 same way as unit files.
7266
7267 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
7268 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
7269 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
7270 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
7271 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
7272 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
7273 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
7274 the host.
7275
7276 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
7277 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
7278 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
7279 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
7280 the host as if their services were running directly on the
7281 host.
7282
7283 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
7284 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
7285 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
7286 updated to make use of it too by default.
7287
7288 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
7289 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
7290 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
7291 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
7292
7293 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
7294 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
7295 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
7296 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
7297 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
7298 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
7299 modification.
7300
7301 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
7302 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
7303 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7304 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
7305 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
7306 information about Touchpad types.
7307
7308 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
7309 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
7310
7311 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
7312 Policy link field.
7313
7314 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
7315 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
7316
7317 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
7318 ACLs on files.
7319
7320 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
7321 tmpfs, automatically.
7322
7323 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
7324 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
7325 status" output, if available.
7326
7327 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
7328 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
7329 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
7330 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
7331 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
7332 run on next reboot.
7333
7334 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
7335 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
7336 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
7337 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
7338 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
7339 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
7340 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
7341
7342 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
7343 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
7344 after a configurable timeout.
7345
7346 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
7347 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
7348 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
7349 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
7350 it non-idle.
7351
7352 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
7353 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
7354
7355 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
7356 each .network interface in networkd.
7357
7358 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
7359 in .network files.
7360
7361 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
7362 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
7363
7364 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
7365 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
7366 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
7367 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
7368 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
7369 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
7370 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
7371 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
7372 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
7373 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
7374 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
7375 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7376 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
7377 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
7378 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
7379 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
7380 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
7381 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
7382 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
7383 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7384 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
7385 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
7386 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
7387 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7388
7389 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
7390
7391 CHANGES WITH 218:
7392
7393 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
7394 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
7395 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
7396 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
7397
7398 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
7399 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
7400 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
7401 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
7402 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
7403
7404 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
7405
7406 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
7407 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
7408 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
7409 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
7410 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
7411 modified configuration after editing.
7412
7413 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
7414 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
7415 system preset files.
7416
7417 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
7418 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
7419 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
7420 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
7421 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
7422 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
7423 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
7424 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
7425 other contexts.
7426
7427 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
7428 inhibitors.
7429
7430 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
7431 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
7432 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
7433 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
7434 managers.
7435
7436 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
7437 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
7438 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
7439 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
7440 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
7441 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
7442 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
7443 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
7444 parallel to journald.
7445
7446 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
7447 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
7448 available.
7449
7450 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
7451 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
7452 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
7453 or are not older than the specified time.
7454
7455 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
7456 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
7457 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
7458 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
7459
7460 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
7461 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
7462 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
7463 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
7464 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
7465 communication.
7466
7467 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
7468 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
7469 services.
7470
7471 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
7472 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
7473 including their signature and values. This is particularly
7474 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
7475 the new "busctl tree" command.
7476
7477 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
7478 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
7479 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
7480 friendly way.
7481
7482 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
7483 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
7484 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
7485 race-ful way.
7486
7487 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
7488 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
7489 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
7490 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
7491 --link-journal=try-guest.
7492
7493 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
7494 stable MAC addresses.
7495
7496 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
7497 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
7498 the respective unit shall use.
7499
7500 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
7501 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
7502 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
7503 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
7504
7505 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
7506 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
7507 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
7508 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
7509 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
7510 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
7511
7512 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
7513 details see:
7514
7515 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
7516
7517 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
7518 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
7519 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
7520 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
7521 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
7522 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
7523 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
7524 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
7525 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
7526 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
7527 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
7528 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
7529
7530 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
7531 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
7532 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
7533 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
7534 bluetooth, ...) is used.
7535
7536 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
7537 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
7538 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
7539 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
7540 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
7541 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
7542 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
7543 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
7544
7545 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
7546 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
7547 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
7548 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
7549 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
7550 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
7551 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
7552 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
7553 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
7554 interface.
7555
7556 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
7557 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
7558 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
7559 luks.name= argument.
7560
7561 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
7562 (this was previously already available for scope and service
7563 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
7564 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
7565 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
7566 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
7567
7568 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
7569 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
7570 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
7571
7572 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
7573 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
7574 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7575 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
7576 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
7577 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
7578 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
7579 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7580 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
7581 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
7582 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7583 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
7584 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
7585 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
7586 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
7587 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
7588 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
7589 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7590
7591 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
7592
7593 CHANGES WITH 217:
7594
7595 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
7596 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
7597 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
7598 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
7599
7600 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
7601 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
7602 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
7603 now waits until the operation is complete.
7604
7605 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
7606 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
7607 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
7608 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
7609 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
7610 connection.
7611
7612 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
7613 commands anymore.
7614
7615 * User units are now loaded also from
7616 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
7617 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
7618 supported, but is under the control of the user.
7619
7620 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
7621 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
7622 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
7623 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
7624 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
7625 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
7626 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
7627 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
7628 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
7629 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
7630 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
7631 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
7632 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
7633 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
7634 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
7635 question.
7636
7637 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
7638 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
7639 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
7640
7641 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
7642 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
7643 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
7644 command line to trigger resume.
7645
7646 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
7647 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
7648 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
7649 Desktop=systemd-console.
7650
7651 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
7652 systemd-networkd.
7653
7654 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
7655 from the information provided by the networking stack
7656 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
7657
7658 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
7659 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
7660
7661 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
7662 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
7663 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
7664
7665 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
7666
7667 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
7668 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
7669 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
7670 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
7671 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
7672 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
7673
7674 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
7675 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
7676 respected.
7677
7678 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
7679 virtualization.
7680
7681 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
7682 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
7683 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
7684 on.
7685
7686 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
7687
7688 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
7689
7690 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
7691 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
7692 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
7693 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
7694 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
7695 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
7696 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
7697
7698 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
7699 available for service units, that allows locking all service
7700 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
7701 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
7702 from the service's view entirely.
7703
7704 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
7705 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
7706
7707 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
7708 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
7709 session.
7710
7711 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
7712 legacy-free systems.
7713
7714 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
7715 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
7716 easily.
7717
7718 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
7719 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
7720 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
7721 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
7722 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
7723 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
7724 option.
7725
7726 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
7727 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
7728 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
7729 /usr.
7730
7731 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
7732 services, not only the main process.
7733
7734 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
7735 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
7736 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
7737 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
7738 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
7739
7740 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
7741 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
7742 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
7743 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
7744 directly from now on, again.
7745
7746 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
7747 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
7748 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
7749 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
7750 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
7751 enabling and disabling.
7752
7753 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
7754 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
7755 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
7756 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
7757 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
7758 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
7759 unnecessary or unlikely.
7760
7761 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
7762 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
7763 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7764 "annually", "hourly", ...).
7765
7766 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
7767 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
7768 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
7769 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
7770 overwritten at runtime.
7771
7772 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
7773 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
7774 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
7775 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
7776 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
7777 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
7778 segmentation fault.
7779
7780 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
7781 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
7782 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7783 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
7784 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
7785 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
7786 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
7787 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
7788 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
7789 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
7790 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
7791 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
7792 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
7793 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
7794 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
7795 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
7796 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
7797 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
7798 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
7799 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
7800 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
7801 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7802
7803 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
7804
7805 CHANGES WITH 216:
7806
7807 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
7808 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
7809 implementations should add a
7810
7811 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
7812
7813 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
7814 default functionality.
7815
7816 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
7817 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
7818 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
7819 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
7820 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
7821 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
7822 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
7823 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
7824 files might need to be owned by them. A new
7825 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
7826 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
7827 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
7828 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
7829
7830 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
7831 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
7832 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
7833 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
7834 added eventually, too.
7835
7836 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
7837 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
7838 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
7839 new command to update these fields.
7840
7841 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
7842 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
7843 have been discovered via DHCP.
7844
7845 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
7846 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
7847 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
7848 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
7849 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
7850 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
7851 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
7852 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
7853 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
7854 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
7855 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
7856 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
7857 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
7858 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
7859 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
7860 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
7861 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
7862 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
7863 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
7864 implementation to systemd-resolved.
7865
7866 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
7867 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
7868 containers to their respective IP addresses.
7869
7870 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
7871 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
7872 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
7873 and present it to the user in a very friendly
7874 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
7875 control utility for networkd.
7876
7877 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
7878 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
7879 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
7880 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
7881 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
7882 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
7883 (NoDelay=).
7884
7885 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
7886 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
7887
7888 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
7889 be started only after time-sync.target has been
7890 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
7891 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
7892 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
7893 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
7894
7895 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
7896 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
7897 of the link.
7898
7899 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
7900 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
7901
7902 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
7903 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
7904
7905 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
7906 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
7907 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7908 for DHCP.
7909
7910 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7911 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7912 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7913 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7914 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7915 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7916 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7917 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7918
7919 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7920 validation of unit files.
7921
7922 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7923 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7924 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7925 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7926 address may now be configured.
7927
7928 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7929 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7930 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7931 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7932
7933 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7934 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7935
7936 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7937 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7938 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7939 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7940
7941 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7942 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7943 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7944 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7945 implementation.
7946
7947 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7948 journal data to a remote system running
7949 systemd-journal-remote.
7950
7951 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7952 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7953 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7954 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7955 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7956 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7957 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7958 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7959 version, you have to turn this option on again
7960 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7961
7962 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7963 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7964 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7965
7966 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7967 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7968
7969 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7970 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7971
7972 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7973 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7974 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7975
7976 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7977 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7978 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7979 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7980 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7981
7982 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7983
7984 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7985
7986 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7987 when primary addresses are removed.
7988
7989 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7990 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7991 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7992 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7993 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7994 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7995 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7996 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7997 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7998 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7999 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
8000 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
8001 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
8002 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
8003 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8004
8005 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
8006
8007 CHANGES WITH 215:
8008
8009 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
8010 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
8011 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
8012 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
8013 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
8014 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
8015 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
8016 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
8017 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
8018 require.
8019
8020 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
8021 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
8022
8023 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
8024 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
8025 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
8026 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
8027 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
8028 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
8029 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
8030
8031 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
8032 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
8033 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
8034 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
8035 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
8036 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
8037 update or reset should use this condition and order
8038 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
8039 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
8040 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
8041 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
8042 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
8043 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
8044 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
8045 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
8046 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
8047
8048 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
8049
8050 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
8051 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
8052 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
8053 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
8054
8055 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
8056 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
8057 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
8058 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
8059 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
8060 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
8061 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
8062 .network files using settings of this section should be
8063 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
8064 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
8065
8066 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
8067 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
8068
8069 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
8070 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
8071 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
8072 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
8073 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
8074 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
8075 of nspawn instances.
8076
8077 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
8078 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
8079 added.
8080
8081 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
8082 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
8083 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
8084 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
8085 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
8086 configuration stored in /etc.
8087
8088 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
8089 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
8090 parsing of unknown mount options.
8091
8092 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
8093 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
8094 it already exist and not already be the correct
8095 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
8096 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
8097 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
8098 pre-existing files of different types.
8099
8100 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
8101 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
8102 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
8103 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
8104 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
8105 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
8106 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
8107
8108 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
8109 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
8110 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
8111 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
8112 shall be executed.
8113
8114 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
8115 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
8116 example whether it is fully up and running.
8117
8118 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
8119 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
8120 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
8121 reset.
8122
8123 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
8124 most basic services systemd ships by default.
8125
8126 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
8127 field for defining the default instance to create if a
8128 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
8129
8130 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
8131 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
8132 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
8133
8134 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
8135 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
8136 access to this group.
8137
8138 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
8139 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
8140 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
8141 to the journal.
8142
8143 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
8144 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
8145 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
8146 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
8147 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
8148 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
8149
8150 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
8151 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
8152 that makes sure to only show information about the most
8153 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
8154 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
8155 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
8156 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
8157 the old name to the new name.
8158
8159 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
8160 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
8161 coredumpctl without restrictions.
8162
8163 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
8164 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
8165 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
8166 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
8167 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
8168 "systemd-debug-generator".
8169
8170 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
8171 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
8172 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
8173 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
8174 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
8175 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
8176 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
8177 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
8178 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
8179 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
8180 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
8181
8182 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
8183 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
8184 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
8185 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
8186 been added to query many of these paths for the local
8187 machine and user.
8188
8189 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
8190 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
8191 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
8192 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
8193 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
8194
8195 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
8196 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
8197 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
8198 couple of drop-in directories.
8199
8200 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
8201 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
8202 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
8203 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
8204 for dev_port.
8205
8206 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
8207 container (read from /etc/os-release and
8208 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
8209 "machinectl status" for a machine.
8210
8211 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
8212 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
8213 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
8214 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
8215 Restart= setting.
8216
8217 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
8218 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
8219 directly connect to a specific container on the
8220 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
8221 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
8222 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
8223 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
8224 containers is a privileged operation.
8225
8226 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
8227 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
8228 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
8229 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
8230 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8231 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
8232 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8233 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
8234 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
8235 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
8236 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
8237 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8238
8239 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
8240
8241 CHANGES WITH 214:
8242
8243 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
8244 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
8245 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
8246 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
8247 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
8248 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
8249 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
8250 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
8251 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
8252 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8253 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
8254 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
8255 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
8256 devices are excluded from this logic.
8257
8258 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
8259 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
8260 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
8261 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
8262 change has been released.
8263
8264 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8265 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
8266 libattr is thus unnecessary.
8267
8268 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
8269 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
8270 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
8271 with fewer privileges.
8272
8273 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
8274 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
8275 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
8276 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
8277
8278 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
8279 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
8280
8281 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
8282 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
8283
8284 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
8285 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
8286 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
8287
8288 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
8289 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8290 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
8291 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
8292 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
8293 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
8294
8295 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8296 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
8297 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
8298
8299 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8300 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
8301 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
8302 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
8303 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
8304 modifications of user data or system files from
8305 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
8306 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
8307
8308 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
8309 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
8310 and FIFOs in the file system.
8311
8312 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
8313 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
8314 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
8315
8316 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
8317 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
8318 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
8319 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
8320 the socket itself.
8321
8322 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
8323 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
8324 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
8325 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
8326 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
8327 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
8328 symlinks, and nothing else.
8329
8330 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
8331 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
8332 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
8333 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
8334 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
8335 process (for example, the parent process). The
8336 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
8337 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
8338 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
8339 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
8340 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
8341 messages to services when the originating process already
8342 vanished.
8343
8344 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8345 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
8346 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
8347 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
8348 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
8349 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
8350 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
8351 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
8352 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
8353 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
8354 all long-running services.
8355
8356 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
8357 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
8358 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
8359 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
8360 service.
8361
8362 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
8363 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
8364 applied to all submounts, too.
8365
8366 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
8367
8368 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
8369 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
8370 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
8371 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
8372 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
8373 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
8374 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
8375
8376 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
8377 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
8378 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
8379 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
8380 (domU) domains.
8381
8382 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
8383 files or entire directories.
8384
8385 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8386 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
8387 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
8388 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
8389 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
8390
8391 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
8392 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
8393 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
8394 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8395 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
8396 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
8397 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8398 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
8399 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
8400 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
8401 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
8402 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
8403
8404 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
8405 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
8406 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
8407 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
8408
8409 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
8410 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
8411 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8412 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
8413 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
8414 non-directories.
8415
8416 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
8417 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
8418 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
8419
8420 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
8421 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
8422 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
8423 this group.
8424
8425 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
8426 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
8427 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
8428 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
8429 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8430 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
8431 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8432
8433 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
8434
8435 CHANGES WITH 213:
8436
8437 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
8438 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
8439 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8440 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
8441 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
8442 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
8443 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
8444 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8445 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
8446 client should be more than appropriate for most
8447 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
8448 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
8449 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
8450 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
8451 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
8452 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
8453 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8454 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
8455 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8456 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
8457 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
8458
8459 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
8460 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
8461 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
8462 part of a different namespace.
8463
8464 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
8465 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
8466 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
8467 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
8468
8469 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
8470 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
8471 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
8472
8473 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
8474 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
8475 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8476 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
8477 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
8478 restart the service in question.
8479
8480 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
8481 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
8482 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
8483 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
8484 details when running non-locally.
8485
8486 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
8487 graphs it generates.
8488
8489 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
8490 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
8491 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
8492 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
8493 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
8494
8495 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
8496
8497 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
8498 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
8499 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
8500 what it was on SysV systems.
8501
8502 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
8503 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
8504
8505 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
8506 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
8507 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
8508
8509 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
8510 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
8511 to show these addresses in its output.
8512
8513 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
8514 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
8515 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
8516 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
8517 preferred over a text one.
8518
8519 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
8520 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
8521 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
8522 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
8523 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
8524 mDNS cache.
8525
8526 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
8527 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
8528 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
8529 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
8530 of network configuration performed in some other way.
8531
8532 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
8533 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
8534 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
8535 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
8536 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
8537
8538 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
8539 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
8540 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8541 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8542 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
8543 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
8544 overrides any other settings.
8545
8546 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
8547 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
8548 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
8549 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
8550 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
8551 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
8552 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
8553 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
8554 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8555 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8556 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
8557 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
8558 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
8559 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
8560 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
8561 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
8562 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8563
8564 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
8565
8566 CHANGES WITH 212:
8567
8568 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
8569 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
8570 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
8571 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
8572 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
8573 by accident.
8574
8575 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
8576 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
8577 registered with machined.
8578
8579 * sd-login gained new calls
8580 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
8581 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
8582 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
8583 counterparts.
8584
8585 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
8586 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
8587 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
8588 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
8589 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
8590 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
8591 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
8592 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
8593 once.
8594
8595 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
8596 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
8597 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
8598
8599 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
8600 units on all local containers, when used with the
8601 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
8602 executed when no parameters are specified).
8603
8604 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
8605 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
8606 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
8607 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
8608
8609 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
8610 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
8611 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
8612 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
8613 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
8614 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
8615
8616 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
8617 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
8618 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
8619 of the container.
8620
8621 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
8622 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
8623 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
8624 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
8625 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
8626 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
8627 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
8628 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
8629
8630 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
8631 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
8632 instead of /.
8633
8634 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
8635 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
8636 emergency messages now.
8637
8638 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
8639 journal log messages across the network.
8640
8641 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
8642 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
8643 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
8644 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
8645 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
8646 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
8647 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
8648
8649 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
8650 down a local OS container.
8651
8652 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
8653 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
8654 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
8655
8656 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
8657 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
8658 this is appropriate.
8659
8660 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
8661 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
8662 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
8663
8664 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
8665 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
8666 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
8667 for debugging purposes.
8668
8669 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
8670 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
8671 in seconds.
8672
8673 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
8674 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
8675 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
8676 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
8677 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
8678 like on traditional inetd.
8679
8680 * A new system.conf configuration option
8681 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
8682 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
8683
8684 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
8685 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
8686 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
8687 do these days).
8688
8689 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
8690 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
8691 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
8692 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
8693 could not take place because the system was powered off.
8694 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
8695
8696 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
8697 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
8698 it will be triggered.
8699
8700 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
8701 addresses to its local interfaces.
8702
8703 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
8704 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
8705 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
8706 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
8707 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
8708 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
8709 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
8710 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
8711 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8712
8713 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
8714
8715 CHANGES WITH 211:
8716
8717 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
8718 added to restrict which socket address families unit
8719 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
8720 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
8721 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
8722 is built on seccomp system call filters.
8723
8724 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
8725 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
8726 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
8727 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
8728 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
8729 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
8730 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
8731 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
8732 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
8733
8734 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
8735 matching against device group names.
8736
8737 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
8738 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
8739 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
8740 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
8741 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
8742 though.
8743
8744 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
8745 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
8746 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
8747 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
8748 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8749 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
8750 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
8751 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
8752 systems prepared appropriately.
8753
8754 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
8755 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
8756 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
8757 (see above). This means that installations made with
8758 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
8759 deployed using container managers, completely
8760 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
8761 this feature soon, too.)
8762
8763 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
8764 set up a private macvlan interface for the
8765 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
8766 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
8767
8768 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
8769 using IPv4LL.
8770
8771 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
8772 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
8773 systemd-networkd.
8774
8775 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
8776 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
8777 still not a public API though (unless you specify
8778 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
8779 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
8780
8781 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
8782 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
8783 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
8784 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
8785 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
8786 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
8787 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
8788 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
8789 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
8790 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
8791 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
8792 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
8793 users.
8794
8795 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
8796 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
8797 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
8798 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
8799 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
8800 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
8801 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
8802 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
8803 due to a closed lid.
8804
8805 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
8806 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
8807 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
8808 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
8809 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
8810 order to then act as suspend blocker.
8811
8812 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
8813 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
8814 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
8815 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
8816 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
8817
8818 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
8819 now also work in --scope mode.
8820
8821 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
8822 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
8823 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
8824 promises are made.)
8825
8826 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
8827 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8828 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
8829 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
8830 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
8831 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
8832 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
8833 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
8834 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
8835 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8836
8837 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
8838
8839 CHANGES WITH 210:
8840
8841 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
8842 according to SMACK rules.
8843
8844 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
8845 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
8846
8847 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
8848 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
8849 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
8850
8851 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
8852 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
8853 and machine ID.
8854
8855 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
8856 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
8857 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
8858 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
8859 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
8860 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
8861 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
8862 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
8863 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
8864 backpack or similar.
8865
8866 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
8867 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
8868 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
8869 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
8870 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
8871 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
8872 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
8873 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
8874 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
8875 this on its own.
8876
8877 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
8878 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
8879 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
8880 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
8881
8882 * We will now ship a default .network file for
8883 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
8884 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
8885 --network-bridge= switches.
8886
8887 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
8888 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
8889 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
8890 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
8891 metrics, according to what is customary according to
8892 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
8893 each configuration option.
8894
8895 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
8896 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
8897 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
8898 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
8899 at once.
8900
8901 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
8902 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
8903 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
8904 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
8905 triggered by other work being done in the program.
8906
8907 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8908 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8909 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8910 default however.
8911
8912 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8913 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8914 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8915 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8916 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8917 them with systemd-networkd.
8918
8919 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8920 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8921 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8922 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8923 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8924 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8925 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8926 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8927 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8928 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8929 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8930 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8931 during a transitional period!
8932
8933 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8934 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8935
8936 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8937 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8938 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8939 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8940 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8941 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8942 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8943 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8944
8945 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8946
8947 CHANGES WITH 209:
8948
8949 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8950 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8951 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8952 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8953 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8954 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8955 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8956 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8957 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8958 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8959 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8960 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8961
8962 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8963 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8964 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8965 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8966 machines and the like.
8967
8968 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8969 shutdown/boot.
8970
8971 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8972 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8973
8974 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8975 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8976 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8977 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8978
8979 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8980 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8981 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8982 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8983 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8984 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8985
8986 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8987 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8988 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8989 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8990 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8991 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8992 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8993 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8994 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8995
8996 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8997 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8998
8999 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
9000 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
9001 implementation.
9002
9003 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
9004 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
9005 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
9006 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
9007 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
9008 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
9009 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
9010 and .service units.
9011
9012 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
9013 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
9014 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
9015
9016 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
9017 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
9018 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
9019 nothing makes use of it.
9020
9021 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
9022 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
9023 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
9024
9025 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
9026 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
9027 compatibility purposes.
9028
9029 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
9030 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
9031 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
9032 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
9033 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
9034 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
9035 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
9036 process handling.
9037
9038 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
9039 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
9040 style to "sd-bus.h".
9041
9042 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
9043 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
9044 "systemd-networkd".
9045
9046 * There is a new kernel command line option
9047 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
9048 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
9049 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
9050 are not restored.
9051
9052 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
9053 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
9054 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
9055 PID1's support for that anymore.
9056
9057 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
9058 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
9059
9060 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
9061 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
9062 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
9063 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
9064 container that is registered with machined, such as those
9065 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
9066
9067 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
9068 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
9069 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
9070 onto remote systems.
9071
9072 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
9073 login in any local container. This works with any container
9074 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
9075 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
9076
9077 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
9078 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
9079 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
9080 system of some kind.
9081
9082 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
9083 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
9084 next.
9085
9086 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
9087 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
9088 reboot() system call.
9089
9090 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
9091 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
9092 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
9093 still available but not advertised anymore.
9094
9095 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
9096 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
9097 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
9098 within each Unit.
9099
9100 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
9101 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
9102 the kernel).
9103
9104 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
9105 timestamps (following the setting in
9106 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
9107
9108 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
9109 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
9110
9111 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
9112 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
9113
9114 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
9115 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
9116 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
9117
9118 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
9119 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
9120 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
9121 the full configuration is shown.
9122
9123 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
9124 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
9125 those commands which take multiple unit names.
9126
9127 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
9128
9129 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
9130 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
9131
9132 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
9133 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
9134 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
9135 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
9136
9137 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
9138 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
9139 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
9140 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
9141
9142 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
9143 of the legend text.
9144
9145 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
9146 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
9147 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
9148 remote sessions.
9149
9150 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
9151 information of SDIO devices.
9152
9153 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
9154 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
9155 the system manager.
9156
9157 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
9158 short description of the connection parameters in the
9159 description.
9160
9161 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
9162 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
9163 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
9164 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
9165 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
9166 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
9167 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
9168
9169 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
9170 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
9171 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
9172 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
9173 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
9174 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
9175 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
9176 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
9177 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
9178
9179 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
9180 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
9181 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
9182 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
9183 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
9184 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
9185 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
9186 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
9187 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
9188 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
9189 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
9190 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
9191 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
9192 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
9193 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
9194 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
9195 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
9196 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
9197 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
9198 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
9199 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
9200 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
9201 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
9202
9203 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
9204 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
9205 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
9206 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
9207 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
9208 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
9209 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
9210 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
9211 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
9212 that you are aware of the instability of the current
9213 APIs.
9214
9215 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
9216 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
9217 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
9218 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
9219 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
9220 declare the APIs stable.
9221
9222 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
9223 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
9224 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
9225 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
9226 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
9227 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
9228 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
9229 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
9230 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
9231 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
9232 one of them is updated.
9233
9234 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
9235 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
9236 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
9237 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
9238 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
9239
9240 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
9241 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
9242 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
9243 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
9244 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
9245 entry points.
9246
9247 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
9248 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
9249 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
9250 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
9251 been disabled at compile-time.
9252
9253 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
9254 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
9255 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
9256 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
9257
9258 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
9259 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
9260 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
9261
9262 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
9263 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
9264 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
9265
9266 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
9267 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
9268 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
9269
9270 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
9271 remains until jobs expire.
9272
9273 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
9274 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
9275 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
9276 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
9277 all remaining processes of the service.
9278
9279 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
9280 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
9281 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
9282 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
9283 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
9284 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
9285 manager process which created them takes no further
9286 responsibilities for it.
9287
9288 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
9289 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
9290 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
9291 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
9292 marked executable or world-writable.
9293
9294 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
9295 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
9296 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
9297 "--setenv=" for consistency.
9298
9299 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
9300 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
9301 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
9302 independent of the host.
9303
9304 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
9305 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
9306 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
9307 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
9308
9309 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
9310 with specific SELinux labels set.
9311
9312 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
9313 any additional output but the container's own console
9314 output.
9315
9316 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
9317 container without PID namespacing enabled.
9318
9319 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
9320 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
9321 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
9322 OS images, but only specific apps.
9323
9324 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
9325 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
9326 results in registration of the unit service itself in
9327 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
9328
9329 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
9330 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
9331 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
9332 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
9333 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
9334 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
9335
9336 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
9337 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
9338 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
9339 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
9340 units to use.
9341
9342 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
9343 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
9344 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
9345 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
9346
9347 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
9348 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
9349 context for a service.
9350
9351 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
9352 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
9353 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
9354 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
9355 influence this logic.
9356
9357 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
9358 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
9359 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
9360 other things.
9361
9362 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
9363 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
9364 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
9365 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
9366 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
9367 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
9368 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
9369 architectures). There is also a global
9370 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
9371 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
9372
9373 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
9374 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
9375
9376 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
9377 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
9378 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9379 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
9380 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
9381 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
9382 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
9383 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
9384 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9385 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
9386 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
9387 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
9388 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9389 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
9390 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
9391 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
9392 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
9393 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
9394 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
9395 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
9396 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9397 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
9398 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
9399 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9400
9401 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
9402
9403 CHANGES WITH 208:
9404
9405 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
9406 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
9407 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
9408 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
9409 access input and drm devices which are normally
9410 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
9411 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
9412 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
9413 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
9414 session switching without allowing background sessions to
9415 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
9416 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
9417 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
9418
9419 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
9420 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
9421 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
9422
9423 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
9424 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
9425 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
9426 kernel version number.
9427
9428 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
9429 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
9430 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
9431
9432 * This release removes high-level support for the
9433 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
9434 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
9435 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
9436 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
9437
9438 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
9439 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
9440 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
9441 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
9442 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
9443 cgroup system.
9444
9445 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
9446 messages containing the slice a message was generated
9447 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
9448 logs among other things.
9449
9450 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
9451 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
9452 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
9453 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
9454 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
9455 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
9456 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
9457 journald which would be necessary to resolve
9458 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
9459 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
9460 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
9461 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
9462 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
9463 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
9464 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
9465 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
9466 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
9467 not delayed until next reboot.
9468
9469 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
9470 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
9471 systemd generated files in one directory.
9472
9473 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
9474 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
9475 performance information if that's available to determine how
9476 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
9477 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
9478 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
9479
9480 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
9481 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
9482 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
9483 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9484 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
9485 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
9486 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9487
9488 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
9489
9490 CHANGES WITH 207:
9491
9492 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
9493 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
9494 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
9495 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
9496
9497 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
9498 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
9499 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
9500 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
9501 specified on the kernel command line less important.
9502
9503 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
9504 retrieve the VT number of a session.
9505
9506 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
9507 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
9508 maximum number of tries.
9509
9510 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
9511 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
9512 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
9513
9514 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
9515 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
9516
9517 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
9518 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
9519 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
9520
9521 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
9522 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
9523 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
9524
9525 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
9526 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
9527 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
9528 and type).
9529
9530 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
9531 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
9532
9533 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
9534 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
9535 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
9536 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
9537
9538 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
9539 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
9540 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
9541 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
9542 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
9543 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
9544 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
9545 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
9546
9547 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
9548 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
9549 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
9550 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
9551
9552 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
9553 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
9554 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
9555 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
9556 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
9557 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
9558 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
9559
9560 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
9561 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
9562
9563 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
9564 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
9565 automatically after the process terminated.
9566
9567 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
9568 certain paths from operation.
9569
9570 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
9571 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
9572 is received.
9573
9574 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
9575 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
9576 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
9577 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
9578 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
9579 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
9580 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9581 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
9582 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
9583 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
9584 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
9585 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
9586 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9587
9588 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
9589
9590 CHANGES WITH 206:
9591
9592 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
9593 concepts introduced with 205.
9594
9595 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
9596 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
9597 -r".
9598
9599 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
9600 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
9601 --state= parameter.
9602
9603 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
9604 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
9605 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
9606 the journal.
9607
9608 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
9609 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
9610 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
9611
9612 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
9613 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
9614 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
9615 browsing logs from that point on.
9616
9617 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
9618 of an FSS key.
9619
9620 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
9621 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
9622 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
9623 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
9624 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
9625 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
9626 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
9627 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
9628 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
9629 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
9630 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
9631 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
9632 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
9633 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
9634
9635 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
9636 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
9637 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
9638 backing module right-away.
9639
9640 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
9641 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
9642
9643 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
9644 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
9645
9646 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
9647 set of processes in the message metadata.
9648
9649 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
9650
9651 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
9652 support for passing performance data via environment
9653 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
9654 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
9655 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
9656 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
9657 deserialize it again.
9658
9659 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
9660 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
9661 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
9662 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
9663
9664 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
9665 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
9666 completely silent shutdown when used.
9667
9668 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
9669 option in .socket units.
9670
9671 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
9672 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
9673 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
9674 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
9675 system.slice as before.
9676
9677 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
9678
9679 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
9680 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
9681 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9682 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
9683 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
9684 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
9685 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9686
9687 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
9688
9689 CHANGES WITH 205:
9690
9691 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
9692
9693 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
9694 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
9695 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
9696 possible for system services and applications to group their
9697 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
9698 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
9699 together, or apply resource limits on them.
9700
9701 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
9702 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
9703 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
9704 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
9705 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
9706
9707 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
9708 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
9709 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
9710 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
9711
9712 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
9713 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
9714 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
9715 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
9716 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
9717 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
9718 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
9719 and useful as a general batch manager.
9720
9721 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
9722 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
9723 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
9724 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
9725 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
9726 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
9727 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
9728 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
9729 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
9730 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
9731
9732 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
9733 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
9734 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
9735 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
9736 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
9737 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
9738 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
9739 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
9740 is compile-time optional.
9741
9742 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
9743 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
9744 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
9745 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
9746 well as slice units.
9747
9748 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
9749 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
9750 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
9751 but will be extended later on to make more properties
9752 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
9753 command that wraps this call.
9754
9755 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
9756 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
9757 while configuring a number of settings via the command
9758 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
9759 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
9760 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
9761 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
9762
9763 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
9764 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
9765 off audit.
9766
9767 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
9768 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
9769
9770 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
9771 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
9772 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
9773 and system logs.
9774
9775 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
9776 snippets extending unit files.
9777
9778 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
9779 not available as public API.
9780
9781 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
9782 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
9783 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
9784
9785 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
9786 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
9787 controls what to boot into by default.
9788
9789 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
9790 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
9791
9792 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
9793 generators needed for execution, as well as information
9794 about the unit file loading.
9795
9796 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
9797 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
9798 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
9799 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
9800 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
9801 racy due to journal file rotation.
9802
9803 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
9804 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
9805 all services.
9806
9807 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
9808 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
9809 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
9810 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
9811 system services want to log events about specific client
9812 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
9813 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
9814 unit is requested.
9815
9816 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
9817 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
9818 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
9819 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
9820 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
9821 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9822 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
9823 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
9824 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
9825 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
9826 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9827 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
9828 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
9829
9830 CHANGES WITH 204:
9831
9832 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
9833 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
9834
9835 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
9836 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
9837 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
9838
9839 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
9840 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9841
9842 CHANGES WITH 203:
9843
9844 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
9845 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
9846
9847 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
9848 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
9849 fields, including the root directory.
9850
9851 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
9852 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
9853 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
9854 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
9855 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
9856 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
9857 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
9858 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
9859 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
9860 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
9861 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
9862
9863 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
9864 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
9865
9866 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
9867 have taken an inhibitor lock.
9868
9869 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
9870 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
9871 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
9872 the local hostname.
9873
9874 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
9875 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
9876 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
9877 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
9878 VMs/containers coming and going.
9879
9880 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
9881 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
9882 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
9883
9884 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
9885 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
9886 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
9887 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
9888
9889 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
9890 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
9891 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
9892
9893 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
9894 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
9895 services. With the container's root directory in
9896 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
9897 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
9898
9899 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
9900 the processes within a certain container.
9901
9902 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
9903 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
9904 check though. Patches welcome!
9905
9906 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
9907 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9908 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9909 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9910 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9911
9912 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9913 the passed argument if applicable.
9914
9915 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9916 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9917 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9918 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9919 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9920 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9921 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9922 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9923
9924 CHANGES WITH 202:
9925
9926 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9927 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9928 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9929 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9930 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9931 units activate.
9932
9933 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9934 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9935 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9936 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9937 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9938 for now, and not installable.
9939
9940 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9941 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9942 can run in conjunction with udev.
9943
9944 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9945 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9946 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9947 session manager.
9948
9949 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9950 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9951 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9952 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9953 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9954 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9955 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9956 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9957 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9958 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9959 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9960
9961 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9962
9963 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9964 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9965 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9966 logical expressions.
9967
9968 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9969 switches.
9970
9971 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9972 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9973 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9974 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9975 the user.
9976
9977 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9978 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9979 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9980 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9981 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9982 an entry.
9983
9984 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9985 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9986 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9987 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9988 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9989 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9990
9991 CHANGES WITH 201:
9992
9993 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9994 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9995 directory.
9996
9997 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9998 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9999 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
10000 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
10001 problem.
10002
10003 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
10004 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
10005 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
10006 before the key file is attempted to be read.
10007
10008 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
10009 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
10010
10011 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
10012 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
10013 files in this context are files such as
10014 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
10015
10016 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
10017 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
10018 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
10019 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
10020 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
10021 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
10022
10023 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
10024 hostnames.
10025
10026 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
10027 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
10028 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
10029 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
10030 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
10031 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
10032 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
10033 all time-related output of systemd.
10034
10035 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
10036 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
10037 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
10038 loops.
10039
10040 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
10041 (models, layouts, variants, options).
10042
10043 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
10044 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
10045 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
10046 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
10047 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
10048
10049 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
10050 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
10051 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
10052 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
10053 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
10054 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
10055 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
10056
10057 CHANGES WITH 200:
10058
10059 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
10060 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
10061 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
10062 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
10063 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
10064 middle ground between physical and access time order.
10065
10066 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
10067 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
10068 images.
10069
10070 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
10071 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
10072 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10073
10074 CHANGES WITH 199:
10075
10076 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
10077
10078 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
10079 security policy.
10080
10081 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
10082 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
10083 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
10084 shared by all processes of a service (which means
10085 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
10086 the same service can still access). When a service is
10087 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
10088 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
10089 this though).
10090
10091 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
10092 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
10093 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
10094 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
10095 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
10096 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
10097
10098 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
10099 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
10100
10101 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
10102 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
10103
10104 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
10105
10106 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
10107 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
10108 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
10109 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
10110 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
10111
10112 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
10113 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
10114 system is to be mounted.
10115
10116 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
10117 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
10118 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
10119 purpose for socket units.
10120
10121 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
10122 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
10123
10124 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
10125 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
10126 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
10127 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
10128 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
10129
10130 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
10131 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
10132 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10133 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10134 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
10135 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
10136 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10137 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
10138 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10139
10140 CHANGES WITH 198:
10141
10142 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
10143 files without having to edit/override the unit files
10144 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
10145 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
10146 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
10147 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
10148 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
10149 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
10150 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
10151 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
10152 unit files locally: copying the files from
10153 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
10154 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
10155 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
10156 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
10157 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
10158 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
10159 for them too.
10160
10161 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
10162 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
10163 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
10164 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
10165 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
10166 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
10167 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
10168 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
10169 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
10170
10171 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
10172 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
10173
10174 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
10175 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
10176 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
10177 other users.
10178
10179 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
10180 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
10181 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
10182 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
10183 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
10184 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
10185 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
10186 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
10187 management logic is also available to other programs via the
10188 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
10189 supported.
10190
10191 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
10192 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
10193 the foreground VT.
10194
10195 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
10196 call.
10197
10198 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
10199 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
10200 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
10201 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
10202 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
10203 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
10204 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
10205 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
10206 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
10207 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
10208 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
10209 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
10210 also been removed.
10211
10212 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
10213 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
10214 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
10215 objects themselves.
10216
10217 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
10218
10219 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
10220 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
10221 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
10222 to how this is supported in shells.
10223
10224 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
10225 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
10226 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
10227 user systemd instance.
10228
10229 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
10230 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
10231 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
10232 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
10233 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
10234 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
10235 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
10236 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
10237 one day for good in the kernel.
10238
10239 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
10240 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
10241 container.
10242
10243 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
10244 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
10245 the host into the container.
10246
10247 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
10248 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
10249 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
10250 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
10251 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
10252 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
10253
10254 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
10255
10256 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
10257 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
10258 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
10259 configured to be mounted there.
10260
10261 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
10262 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
10263 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
10264 system resume events.
10265
10266 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
10267 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
10268 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
10269 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
10270
10271 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
10272 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
10273 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
10274 card).
10275
10276 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
10277 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
10278 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
10279
10280 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
10281 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
10282 later "change" event.
10283
10284 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
10285 now carry a message ID.
10286
10287 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
10288 continues to be work in progress.
10289
10290 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
10291 root directory to operate relative to.
10292
10293 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
10294 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
10295 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
10296 times a little.
10297
10298 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
10299 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
10300 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
10301 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
10302 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
10303 request boot into firmware operations.
10304
10305 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
10306 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
10307 correctly in initrds.
10308
10309 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
10310 compile time optional via a configure switch.
10311
10312 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
10313 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
10314
10315 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
10316 the status of all active or failed units.
10317
10318 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
10319 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
10320 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
10321 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
10322 requests more robust.
10323
10324 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
10325 reading journal files.
10326
10327 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
10328 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
10329
10330 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
10331
10332 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
10333 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
10334
10335 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
10336 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
10337 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
10338 socket activation in daemons.
10339
10340 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
10341 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
10342
10343 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
10344 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
10345 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
10346
10347 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
10348 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
10349 system units.
10350
10351 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
10352 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
10353 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
10354
10355 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
10356 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
10357 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
10358 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
10359 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
10360 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
10361 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
10362 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
10363 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
10364 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
10365 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
10366 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
10367 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
10368 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
10369 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
10370 package installation time.
10371
10372 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
10373 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
10374 scripts need to create these system user/group at
10375 installation time.
10376
10377 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
10378 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
10379
10380 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
10381
10382 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
10383 available.
10384
10385 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
10386 load SMACK policies at early boot.
10387
10388 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
10389 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
10390 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
10391 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
10392 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10393 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
10394 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
10395 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
10396 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
10397 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
10398 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
10399 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10400 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
10401 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
10402
10403 CHANGES WITH 197:
10404
10405 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
10406 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
10407 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
10408 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
10409 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
10410 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
10411 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
10412 the supported calendar time specification language see
10413 systemd.time(7).
10414
10415 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
10416 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
10417 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
10418 document for details:
10419
10420 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
10421
10422 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
10423 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
10424 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
10425 implementations around and minimal in its code and
10426 dependencies.
10427
10428 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
10429 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
10430 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
10431 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
10432 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
10433 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
10434 with a configure switch.
10435
10436 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
10437 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
10438 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
10439 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
10440 such as ext4.
10441
10442 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
10443 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
10444 identities are attached to the devices as well.
10445
10446 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
10447 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
10448
10449 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
10450 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
10451 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
10452 using only core OS tools.
10453
10454 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
10455 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
10456 implementation of socket activated nspawn
10457 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
10458 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
10459 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
10460 eventually.
10461
10462 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
10463 presenting log data.
10464
10465 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
10466 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
10467
10468 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
10469 system on idle.
10470
10471 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
10472 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
10473 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
10474 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
10475 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
10476 information if possible.
10477
10478 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
10479 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
10480 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
10481
10482 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
10483 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
10484 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
10485 is running on battery power.
10486
10487 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
10488 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
10489 is in the "failed" state.
10490
10491 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
10492 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
10493 environment files at once.
10494
10495 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
10496 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
10497 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
10498 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
10499 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
10500 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
10501 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
10502 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
10503 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
10504 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
10505 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
10506 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
10507 pieces of code locally from the git history.
10508
10509 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
10510 log the unit name in the message meta data.
10511
10512 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
10513 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
10514
10515 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
10516 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
10517 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
10518 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
10519 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
10520 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
10521 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
10522 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
10523 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
10524 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
10525 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
10526 shipped from us upstream.
10527
10528 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
10529 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
10530 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
10531 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
10532 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10533 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10534 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
10535 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
10536 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
10537 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
10538 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
10539 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
10540 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10541
10542 CHANGES WITH 196:
10543
10544 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
10545 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
10546 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
10547 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
10548 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
10549 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
10550 becoming the one central database for non-essential
10551 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
10552 database was only attached to select devices, since the
10553 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
10554 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
10555 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
10556 data for all devices where this is available, by
10557 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
10558 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
10559 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
10560 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
10561 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
10562 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
10563
10564 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
10565 indexed database to link up additional information with
10566 journal entries. For further details please check:
10567
10568 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
10569
10570 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
10571 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
10572 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
10573 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
10574 macro for this purpose.
10575
10576 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
10577 Python logging framework.
10578
10579 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
10580 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
10581 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
10582 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
10583 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
10584 time intervals.
10585
10586 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
10587 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
10588 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
10589
10590 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
10591 right-away on the selected coredump.
10592
10593 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
10594 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
10595 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
10596
10597 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
10598 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
10599 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
10600 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
10601
10602 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
10603 default.
10604
10605 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
10606 SMACK security label.
10607
10608 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
10609 daylight saving change.
10610
10611 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
10612 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
10613 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
10614 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
10615 distributions who still need support this to either continue
10616 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
10617 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
10618
10619 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
10620 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
10621 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
10622 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
10623 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
10624 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
10625 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
10626
10627 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
10628 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
10629
10630 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
10631 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
10632 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
10633 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
10634 offline updating tools.
10635
10636 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
10637 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
10638 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
10639 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
10640 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
10641 directories for packages to place various data files in.
10642
10643 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
10644 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
10645
10646 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
10647 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
10648 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
10649 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10650 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
10651 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
10652 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
10653 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
10654 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10655
10656 CHANGES WITH 195:
10657
10658 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
10659 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
10660 units via --unit=/-u.
10661
10662 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
10663 right thing.
10664
10665 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
10666 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
10667 rotation.
10668
10669 * The journal will now index the available field values for
10670 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
10671 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
10672 completion of journalctl has been updated
10673 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
10674 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
10675
10676 * More service events are now written as structured messages
10677 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
10678
10679 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
10680 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
10681 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
10682 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
10683 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
10684 these settings from the command line now, especially since
10685 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
10686 completion.
10687
10688 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
10689 extract coredumps from the journal.
10690
10691 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
10692 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
10693 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
10694 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
10695 scratch their heads.
10696
10697 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
10698 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
10699
10700 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
10701 in immediate termination of systemd.
10702
10703 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
10704 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
10705
10706 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
10707 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
10708 mouse screen support has been added.
10709
10710 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
10711 Server-Sent-Events as output.
10712
10713 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
10714 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
10715 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
10716 "systemctl reload".
10717
10718 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
10719 -u" instead.
10720
10721 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
10722 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
10723 configured.
10724
10725 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
10726 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
10727
10728 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
10729 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
10730 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
10731 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
10732 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
10733 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
10734 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
10735
10736 CHANGES WITH 194:
10737
10738 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
10739 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
10740 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
10741 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
10742 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
10743 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
10744 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
10745 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
10746 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
10747 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
10748 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
10749 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
10750
10751 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
10752 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
10753 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10754
10755 CHANGES WITH 193:
10756
10757 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
10758 starting from the specified location in the journal.
10759
10760 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
10761 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
10762 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
10763
10764 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
10765 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
10766 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
10767 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
10768 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
10769 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
10770 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
10771
10772 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
10773 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
10774
10775 This will download the journal contents in a
10776 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
10777
10778 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
10779
10780 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
10781 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
10782 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
10783 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
10784 screenshot of this app in its current state:
10785
10786 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
10787
10788 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
10789 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
10790
10791 CHANGES WITH 192:
10792
10793 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
10794 too.
10795
10796 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
10797 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
10798 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
10799 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
10800 just start them.
10801
10802 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
10803 and line break accordingly.
10804
10805 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10806 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
10807
10808 CHANGES WITH 191:
10809
10810 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
10811 container environment, copying the host's timezone
10812 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
10813 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
10814 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
10815
10816 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
10817 will default to 10 if omitted.
10818
10819 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
10820 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
10821 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
10822 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
10823 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
10824
10825 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
10826 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
10827 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
10828 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
10829 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
10830 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
10831 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
10832
10833 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
10834 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
10835 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
10836 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
10837 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
10838 into two.
10839
10840 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
10841 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
10842
10843 CHANGES WITH 190:
10844
10845 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
10846 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
10847 "systemctl status".
10848
10849 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
10850 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
10851 system to another place in the same file system could not be
10852 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
10853 field.)
10854
10855 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
10856 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
10857 default.
10858
10859 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
10860 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
10861 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
10862 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
10863 in a container.
10864
10865 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
10866 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
10867 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
10868 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
10869 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
10870 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
10871
10872 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
10873 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
10874 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
10875 no-op.
10876
10877 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
10878 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
10879 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
10880 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
10881 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
10882
10883 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
10884 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
10885
10886 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
10887 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
10888 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
10889 command.
10890
10891 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
10892 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
10893 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
10894
10895 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
10896
10897 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
10898 multiple files at once.
10899
10900 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
10901 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
10902 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
10903 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
10904 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
10905 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
10906 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
10907
10908 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10909 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10910 now support specifiers as well.
10911
10912 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10913 dir: %_presetdir.
10914
10915 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10916 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10917
10918 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10919 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10920 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10921 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10922 anymore.
10923
10924 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10925 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10926 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10927 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10928
10929 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10930 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10931 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10932
10933 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10934 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10935 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10936 sockets.
10937
10938 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10939 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10940 is changed.
10941
10942 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10943 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10944 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10945 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10946 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10947 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10948 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10949
10950 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10951
10952 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10953 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10954
10955 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10956 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10957
10958 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10959 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10960 (%b).
10961
10962 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10963 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10964 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10965 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10966 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10967 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10968 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10969
10970 CHANGES WITH 189:
10971
10972 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10973 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10974
10975 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10976 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10977 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10978 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10979 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10980 syslog daemons again.
10981
10982 * The libudev API gained the new
10983 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10984
10985 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10986 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10987 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10988 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10989
10990 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10991 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10992 container.
10993
10994 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10995 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10996 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10997 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10998 this explaining it in more detail.
10999
11000 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
11001 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
11002 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
11003 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
11004
11005 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
11006 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
11007 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
11008 journal files.
11009
11010 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
11011 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
11012 as container init process a lot more fun.
11013
11014 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
11015 entries.
11016
11017 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
11018 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
11019 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
11020 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
11021 different sets of services.
11022
11023 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
11024 failure state.
11025
11026 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
11027 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
11028 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11029
11030 CHANGES WITH 188:
11031
11032 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
11033 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
11034 tree a lot more organized.
11035
11036 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
11037 may be used to group services in a natural way.
11038
11039 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
11040 services.
11041
11042 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
11043 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
11044 filtering by log level now.
11045
11046 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
11047 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
11048 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
11049
11050 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
11051 command lines involving service unit names.
11052
11053 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
11054 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
11055
11056 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
11057 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
11058 and encodes structured information about the error number.
11059
11060 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
11061 option.
11062
11063 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
11064 a shutdown is cancelled.
11065
11066 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
11067 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
11068 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
11069 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
11070 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
11071
11072 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
11073 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
11074 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
11075 for display managers instead.
11076
11077 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
11078 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
11079 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
11080 protection, and suchlike.
11081
11082 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
11083 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
11084 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
11085 the service.
11086
11087 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
11088 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
11089 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
11090 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
11091 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
11092 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11093
11094 CHANGES WITH 187:
11095
11096 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
11097 pages.
11098
11099 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
11100 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
11101 data loss.
11102
11103 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
11104 option.
11105
11106 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
11107
11108 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
11109 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
11110
11111 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
11112 specific directory.
11113
11114 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
11115 messages of two different boots.
11116
11117 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
11118 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
11119 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
11120
11121 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
11122 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
11123 disjunctions.
11124
11125 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
11126 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
11127 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
11128
11129 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
11130 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
11131 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
11132
11133 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
11134 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
11135 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
11136 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
11137 speed things up a bit.
11138
11139 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
11140 header data of journal files.
11141
11142 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
11143 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
11144 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
11145
11146 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
11147 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
11148 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
11149 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
11150
11151 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11152
11153 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
11154 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
11155 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
11156 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11157
11158 CHANGES WITH 186:
11159
11160 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
11161 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
11162 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
11163 prefixed with rd.
11164
11165 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
11166 automatically generated at boot. Use:
11167
11168 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
11169
11170 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
11171
11172 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
11173
11174 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
11175 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
11176 as well.
11177
11178 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
11179 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
11180 in all appropriate directories automatically.
11181
11182 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
11183 does the right thing. Example:
11184
11185 udevadm info /dev/sda
11186 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
11187
11188 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
11189 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
11190 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
11191 running.
11192
11193 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
11194 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
11195
11196 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
11197 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
11198
11199 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
11200 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
11201 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
11202 files.
11203
11204 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
11205 be stopped that is not loaded.
11206
11207 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
11208
11209 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
11210
11211 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
11212 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
11213 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
11214 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
11215
11216 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
11217 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
11218 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
11219 completed initialization.
11220
11221 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
11222
11223 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
11224 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
11225 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
11226 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
11227 distributions.
11228
11229 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
11230 always valid when services log to the journal via
11231 STDOUT/STDERR.
11232
11233 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
11234 command line options we understand.
11235
11236 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
11237 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
11238
11239 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
11240 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
11241
11242 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
11243 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
11244 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
11245 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
11246
11247 systemctl status /home
11248 systemctl status /dev/sda
11249
11250 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
11251 system.conf parsing.
11252
11253 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
11254 Manager object.
11255
11256 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
11257
11258 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
11259
11260 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
11261 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
11262 complete.
11263
11264 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
11265 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
11266 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
11267 systemd-fsck@.service.
11268
11269 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
11270 Manager object.
11271
11272 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
11273 work sensibly.
11274
11275 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
11276 we actually understand.
11277
11278 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
11279 additional capabilities to the container.
11280
11281 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
11282 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
11283 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
11284
11285 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
11286 the current boot only.
11287
11288 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
11289 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
11290
11291 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
11292 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
11293 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
11294 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
11295 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
11296
11297 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
11298
11299 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
11300 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11301 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
11302 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
11303
11304 CHANGES WITH 185:
11305
11306 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
11307 available.
11308
11309 * Several new man pages have been added.
11310
11311 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
11312 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
11313 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
11314 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
11315
11316 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
11317 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
11318
11319 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
11320 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11321 Matthias Clasen
11322
11323 CHANGES WITH 184:
11324
11325 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
11326 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
11327
11328 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
11329 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
11330 daemon.
11331
11332 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
11333 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
11334
11335 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
11336 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
11337 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
11338 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
11339
11340 CHANGES WITH 183:
11341
11342 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
11343 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
11344 and systemd's most recent version number.
11345
11346 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
11347 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
11348 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
11349 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
11350 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
11351 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
11352
11353 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
11354 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
11355 subsystems.
11356
11357 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
11358 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
11359 used to subscribe to events.
11360
11361 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
11362 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
11363 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
11364 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
11365 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
11366 forked by udev rules.
11367
11368 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
11369 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
11370 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
11371 it.
11372
11373 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
11374 udev_monitor_from_socket()
11375 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
11376 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
11377 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
11378
11379 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
11380 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
11381
11382 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
11383 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
11384 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
11385 the files to the new names on upgrade.
11386
11387 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
11388 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
11389 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
11390 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
11391 to be used as drop-in files.
11392
11393 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
11394 particular suspending and hibernating.
11395
11396 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
11397 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
11398 about this in more detail.
11399
11400 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
11401 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
11402 places). Distributions which have not converted these
11403 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
11404 from git history and add them downstream.
11405
11406 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
11407 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
11408 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
11409 units.
11410
11411 * All smaller setup units (such as
11412 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
11413 are run in a container and are skipped when
11414 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
11415 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
11416
11417 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
11418 integrated, for details see:
11419 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
11420
11421 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
11422 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
11423 messages.
11424
11425 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
11426 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
11427 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
11428 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
11429 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
11430
11431 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
11432 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
11433 for all units started by PID 1.
11434
11435 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
11436 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
11437 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
11438
11439 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
11440 of PID 1 anymore.
11441
11442 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
11443 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
11444 have not been read by systemd yet.
11445
11446 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
11447 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
11448 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
11449 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
11450 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
11451 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
11452
11453 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
11454 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
11455
11456 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
11457
11458 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
11459 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
11460 so sexy.
11461
11462 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
11463 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
11464 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
11465 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
11466 patterns.
11467
11468 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
11469 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
11470 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
11471 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
11472
11473 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
11474 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
11475
11476 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
11477 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
11478 in systemd now.
11479
11480 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
11481 ID on the command line.
11482
11483 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
11484 for an init system.
11485
11486 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
11487 vt100.
11488
11489 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
11490
11491 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
11492 components now have directories of their own.
11493
11494 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
11495
11496 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
11497 container in other hierarchies.
11498
11499 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
11500 system.conf.
11501
11502 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
11503
11504 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
11505 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
11506
11507 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
11508 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
11509
11510 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
11511 locally generated journal files.
11512
11513 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
11514
11515 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
11516
11517 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
11518 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
11519 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
11520 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
11521 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
11522 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
11523 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11524 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
11525 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
11526 Gundersen
11527
11528 CHANGES WITH 44:
11529
11530 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11531
11532 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
11533 KVM or container configured UUID.
11534
11535 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
11536
11537 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
11538
11539 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
11540 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
11541
11542 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
11543
11544 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
11545 folks
11546
11547 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
11548 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
11549 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
11550
11551 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
11552 configuration
11553
11554 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
11555 free fashion
11556
11557 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
11558 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
11559 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
11560 automatically generated data.
11561
11562 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
11563 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
11564 however.
11565
11566 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
11567 tarball.
11568
11569 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
11570 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
11571 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
11572 Reding
11573
11574 CHANGES WITH 43:
11575
11576 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11577
11578 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
11579
11580 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
11581
11582 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
11583 normal user logins.
11584
11585 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
11586 Biebl
11587
11588 CHANGES WITH 42:
11589
11590 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
11591
11592 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
11593 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
11594 xsltproc.
11595
11596 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
11597 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
11598 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
11599
11600 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
11601 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
11602 reboot can automatically be triggered.
11603
11604 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
11605
11606 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
11607 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
11608 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
11609
11610 CHANGES WITH 41:
11611
11612 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
11613 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
11614 package update.
11615
11616 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
11617 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
11618 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
11619
11620 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
11621 complete.
11622
11623 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
11624 understood to set system wide environment variables
11625 dynamically at boot.
11626
11627 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
11628
11629 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
11630 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
11631 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
11632 files.
11633
11634 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11635 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
11636 William Douglas
11637
11638 CHANGES WITH 40:
11639
11640 * This is mostly a bugfix release
11641
11642 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
11643 "Result" D-Bus property.
11644
11645 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
11646 the next few releases.)
11647
11648 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
11649 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
11650 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
11651 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
11652
11653 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
11654 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
11655 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
11656
11657 CHANGES WITH 39:
11658
11659 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11660 bugfixes.
11661
11662 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
11663 resource usage.
11664
11665 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
11666 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
11667 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
11668 journals by the respective users.
11669
11670 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
11671 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
11672 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
11673
11674 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
11675 client for all entries.
11676
11677 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
11678
11679 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
11680 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
11681
11682 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
11683 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
11684 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
11685 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
11686
11687 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
11688 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
11689 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
11690
11691 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
11692 journal along with meta data.
11693
11694 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
11695 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
11696 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
11697
11698 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
11699 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
11700 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
11701
11702 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
11703
11704 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
11705 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
11706 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
11707 or fsck.
11708
11709 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
11710 requested with new -k switch.
11711
11712 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11713 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
11714
11715 CHANGES WITH 38:
11716
11717 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
11718 bugfixes.
11719
11720 * The git repository moved to:
11721 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
11722 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
11723
11724 * First release with the journal
11725 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
11726
11727 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
11728 systemd-stdout-bridge.
11729
11730 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
11731
11732 * Many systemadm clean-ups
11733
11734 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
11735 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
11736 remote mounts.
11737
11738 * Added Mageia support
11739
11740 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
11741
11742 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
11743 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
11744 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
11745 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
11746 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
11747
11748 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
11749 of existing distributions.
11750
11751 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
11752 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
11753
11754 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
11755 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
11756 boot.
11757
11758 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
11759
11760 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
11761 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
11762 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
11763 among other things.
11764
11765 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
11766 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
11767
11768 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
11769
11770 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
11771 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
11772 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
11773
11774 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
11775 restored.
11776
11777 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
11778 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
11779 kmod
11780
11781 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
11782 of /usr/local by default.
11783
11784 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
11785 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
11786 in:
11787 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
11788
11789 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
11790 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
11791 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
11792 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
11793 supported anyway, and bad style).
11794
11795 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
11796 reloading of units together.
11797
11798 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
11799 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
11800 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
11801 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
11802 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek